Form 10K for period ending 12/31/2006

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 


(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2006

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from:                                 to                                 

1-4471 (Commission File Number)

 


XEROX CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

New York   16-0468020
(State of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

P.O. Box 1600, Stamford, Connecticut

(Address of principal executive offices)

06904

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (203) 968-3000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $1 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange

Chicago Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes:    x    No:  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes:  ¨    No:  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes:  x    No:  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act Rule

Large accelerated filer:    x                        Accelerated filer:    ¨                        Non-accelerated filer:    ¨

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) Yes:  ¨    No:  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2006 was: $12,566,538,733.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:

 

Class

 

Outstanding at January 31, 2007

Common Stock, $1 par value

  948,573,044 Shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the following documents are incorporated herein by reference:

 

Document

   Part of Form 10-K in Which
Incorporated

Xerox Corporation 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders

   I & II

Xerox Corporation Notice of 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement (to be filed not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this report on Form 10-K)

   III

 



Forward-Looking Statements

From time to time, we and our representatives may provide information, whether orally or in writing, including certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are deemed to be “forward-looking” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Litigation Reform Act”). These forward-looking statements and other information are based on our beliefs as well as assumptions made by us using information currently available.

The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described herein as anticipated, believed, estimated, expected or intended or using other similar expressions. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements, except as required by law.

In accordance with the provisions of the Litigation Reform Act, we are making investors aware that such forward-looking statements, because they relate to future events, are by their very nature subject to many important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, any exhibits to this Form 10-K and other public statements we make. Such factors include, but are not limited to: the outcome of litigation and regulatory proceedings to which we may be a party; actions of competitors; changes and developments affecting our industry; quarterly or cyclical variations in financial results; development of new products and services; interest rates and cost of borrowing; our ability to maintain and improve cost efficiency of operations; changes in foreign currency exchange rates; changes in economic conditions, political conditions, trade protection measures, licensing requirements and tax matters in the foreign countries in which we do business; reliance on third parties for manufacturing of products and provision of services; and other factors that are set forth in the “Risk Factors” section, the “Legal Proceedings” section, the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” section and other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K.


 

LOGO

 

1



 

Overview

References in this section to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “Xerox” refer to Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries unless the context specifically states or implies otherwise.

LOGO

 

The document industry is transitioning to digital systems, to color, and to an increased reliance on electronic documents. More and more, businesses are creating and storing documents digitally and using the Internet to exchange electronic documents. We believe these trends play to the strengths of our product and service offerings and represent opportunities for future growth in the $117 billion market we serve.

In our core markets of Production and Office, we are well-placed to grow by leading the transition to color and by reaching new customers with our broadened offerings and expanded distribution channels. Within these markets, the fastest growing segment is color, which we estimate is a $21 billion opportunity. At the same time, we continue to compete to capture growth opportunities within the black-and-white segment of our core markets, which we estimate is a $58 billion market.

We are expanding our core markets with Document Management Services, which is the combination of managed services and value-added services. We have organized our Document Management Services around three offerings: 1. Xerox Office Services, where we help our customers reduce costs and improve productivity by optimizing their global print infrastructure through analyzing the most efficient ways to create and share documents in the office; 2. Document Outsourcing and Communication Services, which focuses on optimizing the production environment as well as operating in-house production centers; and 3. Business Process Services, where we show our customers how to use digital workflow and develop online document repositories.

Our products include high-end printing and publishing systems; digital multifunctional devices (“MFDs”) which can print, copy, scan and fax; digital copiers; laser and solid ink printers; fax machines; document-management software; and supplies such as toner, paper and ink. We provide software and workflow solutions with which businesses can easily and affordably print books, create personalized documents for their customers, and scan and route digital information. We are creating new market opportunities with digital printing as a complement to traditional offset printing, which we refer to as the Eligible Offset market. Within the Eligible Offset market we offer leading digital technology, led by our market-making Xerox iGen3® technology, which meets the increasing demand for short-run, customized and quick-turnaround offset quality printing.

Our business model is an annuity model, based on increasing equipment installations and Document Management Services in order to increase the number of machines in the field (“MIF”) that will produce pages


 

2


 

and generate post sale and financing revenue. Seventy-two percent of our 2006 total revenue was post sale and financing revenue that includes equipment maintenance and consumable supplies, among other elements. We sell the majority of our equipment through sales-type leases that we record as equipment sale revenue. Equipment sales represented 28% of our 2006 total revenue.

We expect this large, recurring post sale revenue stream to be approximately three times the equipment sale

revenue over the life of a lease. Thus, the number of equipment installations is a key indicator of post sale and financing revenue trends. The mix of color pages is another significant indicator of post sale revenue trends because color pages use more consumables per page than black-and-white. In addition, market development, particularly within the Eligible Offset market, is key to increasing pages and we have leading tools and resources to develop this large market opportunity.


Acquisitions

 

To further our business goals, we made two acquisitions in 2006. We completed the purchase of Amici LLC, (“Amici”), a provider of electronic-discovery (“e-discovery”) services, primarily supporting litigation and regulatory compliance. E-discovery is the identification, filtering, production, and storage of relevant data from paper or electronic documents, such as e-mail, text files, memos, databases, presentations and spreadsheets. Amici, now branded Xerox Litigation Services, provides comprehensive litigation discovery management services, including the conversion, hosting and production of electronic and hard copy documents. They also provide consulting and professional services to assist attorneys in the discovery process.

We also purchased XMPie, Inc. (“XMPie”) to further strengthen our position in the growing market for personalized communications and cross-media marketing campaigns involving digital printing, e-mail and customized websites. XMPie helps graphic designers, marketing companies and print providers develop creative, customized marketing programs. XMPie provides software for variable data publishing ranging from the desktop to servers, from print to multi-channel campaigns, from personalized images to personalized booklets, and from out-of-the-box solutions to a platform for creating custom solutions that fit unique business, integration and workflow requirements.


Segment Information

 

Our reportable segments are Production, Office, Developing Markets Operations (“DMO”), and Other. We present operating segment financial information in Note 2 – Segment Reporting to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which we incorporate by reference here. We have a very broad and diverse base of customers, both geographically and demographically,

ranging from small and medium businesses to graphic communications companies, governmental entities, educational institutions and large (Fortune 1000) corporate accounts. None of our business segments depends upon a single customer, or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.


LOGO

 

3


 

Production

We provide high-end digital monochrome and color systems designed for customers in the graphic communications industry and for large enterprises. These high-end devices enable digital on-demand printing, digital full-color printing, and enterprise printing. We are the only manufacturer in the market that offers a complete family of monochrome production systems from 65 to 180 pages per minute and color production systems from 40 to 110 pages per minute (“ppm”). In addition, we offer a variety of

pre-press and post-press options and the industry’s broadest set of workflow software.

With our Freeflowdigital workflow collection our customers can improve everything from content creation and management to production and fulfillment. Our digital technology, combined with total document solutions and services that enable personalization and printing on demand, delivers value that improves our customers’ business results.


 


Our 2006 Production Goals

Our 2006 goals for our Production segment were to continue strengthening our leadership position in monochrome and color and to build on the power of digital printing in the Eligible Offset market. Our “New Business of Printing®” strategy complements the traditional offset market with digital printing and workflow capabilities, which include the introduction of innovative production systems and development of applications and solutions to expand our leadership position and focus on the higher growth applications and digital color opportunities. Here are the accomplishments that enabled us to reach our 2006 goals.

Our 2006 Production Accomplishments

We continued to build on our unmatched product breadth, world class market and business development tools and integrated end-to-end applications.

 

   

Xerox iGen3 90: We expanded our offerings within the color print on-demand market with the April launch of our iGen3 90 Digital Press, a 90 ppm full-color production system with improved productivity, image quality, personalization and running cost.

 

   

Xerox DocuColor® 5000: In June, we launched the DocuColor 5000 Digital Press, a 50 ppm full-color production system, which provides excellent print resolution, color reproduction, and reliability for a wide range of applications.

 

   

Xerox 4590 EPS and 4110® EPS: In April, we expanded our presence in light production with the launch of our 4590 and 4110 Enterprise Printing Systems, two robust digital production monochrome systems at 90 ppm and 110 ppm, respectively.

 

   

Xerox DocuTech® Highlight Color 180 Publishing System: In October, we launched our DocuTech Highlight Color 180 Publishing System for print on-demand applications. This system prints both black-and-white, as well as highlight color, at the rated speed of 180 ppm.

 

   

Highlight Custom Blended Color Program: In October, we announced additional standard colors for a total of eight. We also expanded the range of colors with Custom Colors, enabling customers to match their company logos for brand identity applications.

 

   

Applications: We continued to increase installations of our flagship Digital Color Production Presses. In addition to the launch of the iGen3 90, in June we launched Auto Image Enhancement Software, which intelligently adjusts images to improve photo submission problems. We followed this with an October announcement of another release that improves photo rendering, color profiling and color checking. In October, we also introduced a series of solutions that included workflow and marketing support to enable such applications as teacher edition books, photo memory books and greeting cards. In July, we launched FreeFlow Web Services 5.0, which makes it simpler for our customers to procure, print, access or order documents. We continued to build our marketplace

 

4


 

 

leading Profit Accelerator Program, which helps customers get the most from their digital technology investments. We offer over 50 tools for graphic communication and in-plant environments to help our customers increase and improve their digital business.

 

   

XMPie Acquisition: In November, we acquired XMPie, a leading provider of variable information software with which users can create cross media, personalized marketing programs. With this acquisition we can provide complete, measurable solutions for multi-media marketing campaigns.

 

   

Xerox Nuvera™ 288 Digital Perfecting System: In October at Graph Expo, we demonstrated a tandem engine architecture Xerox Nuvera 288 Digital Perfecting System. This high-end, cut sheet printer will be the fastest on the market at 288 ppm. The quality, productivity, and ability to run two engines in parallel, as well as run one engine while the other is idle, is the result of a unique tandem architecture developed by Xerox research and engineering. This product will be available in 2007.

 


Office

Our Office segment serves global, national, and small to medium-size commercial customers as well as government, education and other public sector customers. Office systems and services, which include monochrome devices at speeds up to 90 ppm and color devices up to 50 ppm, include our family of CopyCentre®, WorkCentre® and WorkCentre® Pro digital multifunction systems; DocuColor printer/copiers; color laser, LED (light emitting diode), solid ink and monochrome laser desktop printers; digital copiers; light-lens copiers and facsimile

products. We have transitioned to digital by joining our laser and solid ink MFDs to powerful scanning technology, which enables our customers to maximize their document workflow. We offer a range of solutions including the Office Document Assessment, in which we analyze a business’ workflow and document needs, and then we identify the most efficient, productive mix of office equipment and software for that business, helping to reduce the customer’s document-related costs.


 


Our 2006 Office Goals

Our 2006 Office goals were to drive the transition to color in the office and to build on our 2005 product launches, to extend our reach in the market and increase our capture of pages. Our objective was to complement our broadened product line with expanded distribution capacity to increase our population of systems, building the foundation for future post sale revenue growth. Here are the accomplishments that enabled us to reach our 2006 goals.

Our 2006 Office Accomplishments

We continued to drive color by making it more affordable, easier to use, faster and more reliable. Our color-capable laser devices provide an attractive entry point into color. Our patented solid ink technology offers unmatched ease of use, vibrant color image quality and economic color run costs.

 

   

Phaser™ 7760: With the May introduction of the Phaser 7760, we further strengthened our position in the graphics art segment. A 35 ppm color printer, the Phaser 7760, delivers the color output and media handling and finishing options required by this market segment.

 

   

WorkCentre 7132: In May, we introduced the WorkCentre 7132, an eight ppm (32 ppm black-and-white) color-capable multi-function printer.

 

   

WorkCentre 7128/7135/7145: In May, we introduced the restriction on the use of hazardous substances (“ROHS”) compliant product family in Europe. Offering 28, 35 or 45 ppm, these color-capable MFDs expand our reach into a rapidly growing market segment.

 

   

WorkCentre 7655/7665: In May, we introduced the WorkCentre 7655 and 7665 color capable MFDs, offering color pages at 40 and 50 ppm, respectively, along with superior image quality, excellent productivity, extensive media handling and professional in-line finishing capabilities.

 

5


 

We also extended our black-and-white MFD series, broadening our already extensive product line.

 

   

WorkCentre 4118: Introduced in June, the 4118 is designed for small workgroups and has the strongest set of features that we offer on a low-end, black-and-white desktop MFD.

 

   

WorkCentre 4150: With the introduction in September of this 50 ppm A4 monochrome MFD, we entered a new, rapidly growing market segment, offering an economical alternative to large enterprises interested in replacing their printer fleet.

 

   

WorkCentre 4590: Introduced in January, the 4590, which runs at 90 ppm, rounds out the high-end of our office monochrome fleet.

 

   

Extensible Interface Platform: In October, we introduced our Extensible Interface Platform (“EIP”) with a configurable user interface. With EIP, customers can access document-related software applications on a Xerox MFD user interface, improving workflow and productivity.

 


DMO

DMO includes the marketing, sales and servicing of Xerox products, supplies, and services in Latin America, Brazil, the Middle East, India, Eurasia and Central-Eastern Europe and Africa. In countries with developing economies, DMO manages the Xerox business through operating companies, subsidiaries, joint ventures, product distributors, affiliates, concessionaires, value-added resellers and dealers. Our two-tiered distribution model has proven very successful in the high-growth

geographies of Russia and Central-Eastern Europe, and in 2006 we completed implementing this business model throughout the remainder of DMO. We manage our DMO operations separately as a segment because of the political and economic volatility, and the unique nature of its markets. Our 2006 DMO goals included revenue growth, a continued focus on improving the entire cost base and providing a foundation for profitable growth.


Other

Our Other segment primarily includes revenue from paper sales, value-added services and wide-format systems.

We sell cut-sheet paper to our customers for use in their document processing products. The market for cut-sheet paper is highly competitive and revenues are significantly affected by pricing. Our strategy is to charge a premium over mill wholesale prices, which is adequate to cover our costs and the value we add as a distributor, as well as to provide unique products that enhance the “New Business of Printing” and color output.

An increasingly important part of our offering is value-added services, which uses our document industry knowledge and experience. Our value-added services deliver solutions that optimize our customers’ document output and infrastructure costs while streamlining, simplifying, and digitizing their document-intensive business processes. In July, we acquired Amici, officially

launching the Xerox Litigation Services line of electronic discovery (“e-discovery”) and records management services. E-discovery is the identification, filtering, production and storage of relevant data from paper or electronic documents, like e-mail, text files, memos, databases, presentations and spreadsheets. Often our value-added services solutions lead to larger managed services contracts, including our equipment, supplies, service, and labor. We report the revenue from managed services contracts in the Production, Office, or DMO segments. In 2006, the combined value-added services and managed services revenue, including equipment, totaled $3.5 billion.

We offer document processing products and devices in our wide-format systems business designed to reproduce large engineering and architectural drawings up to three feet by four feet in size.


 

6


 

Revenue

LOGO

We sell most of our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, in which our customers pay a monthly amount for the equipment, maintenance, services, supplies and financing over the course of the lease agreement. These arrangements are beneficial to our customers and us since, in addition to customers receiving a bundled offering, these arrangements allow us to maintain the customer relationship for future sales of equipment and services.

Research and Development

LOGO

Investment in R&D is critical for competitiveness in Xerox’s fast paced markets where more than two-thirds of our equipment sales are from products launched during the past two years.


We are required, for accounting purposes, to analyze these arrangements to determine whether the equipment component meets certain accounting requirements so that the equipment should be recorded as a sale at lease inception, that is, a sales-type lease. Under a sales-type lease we are required to allocate a portion of the monthly minimum payments attributable to the fair value of the equipment to equipment sales. We allocate the remaining portion of the monthly minimum payments to the various remaining elements based on fair value – service, maintenance, supplies and financing – that we generally recognize over the term of the lease agreement, and that we report as “post sale and other revenue” and “finance income” revenue. In those arrangements that do not qualify as sales-type leases, which have increased as a result of our services-led strategy, we recognize the entire monthly payment over the term of the lease agreement, whether rental or operating lease, and report it in “post sale and other revenue.” Our accounting policies for revenue recognition for leases and bundled arrangements are included in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2006 Annual Report.

 

Xerox’s R&D drives innovation and customer value by:

   

Creating new differentiated products and services.

   

Enabling cost competitiveness through disruptive products and services.

   

Enabling new ways to serve customers.

   

Creating new business opportunities to drive future growth by reaching out to new customers.

To ensure our success, we have aligned our R&D investment portfolio with our strategic planks: leading the color transition, enabling the “New Business of Printing”, and enhancing customer value through services. 2006 R&D spending focused primarily on the development of high-end business applications to drive the “New Business of Printing”, on extending our color capabilities, and on lower-cost platforms and customer productivity enablers that drive the digitization of the office. The Xerox iGen3, an advanced next-generation digital printing press that produces photographic-quality prints indistinguishable from offset, and Xerox’s proprietary Solid Ink technology for the office are examples of the type of breakthrough technology we developed and that


 

7


 

we expect will drive future growth. We include in our R,D&E expenses our sustaining engineering expenses, which are the hardware engineering and software development costs we incur after we launch a product.

LOGO

Patents, Trademarks and Licenses

We are a technology company. With our Xerox Palo Alto Research Center (“PARC”) subsidiary, we were awarded nearly 560 U.S. utility patents in 2006. We were ranked 39th on the list of companies that were awarded the most U.S. patents during the year and would have been ranked 36th with the inclusion of PARC patents. With our research partner, Fuji Xerox, we were awarded over 800 U.S. utility patents in 2006. Our patent portfolio evolves as new patents are awarded to us and as older patents expire. As of December 31, 2006, we held approximately 8,300 design and utility U.S. patents. These patents expire at various dates up to 20 years or more from their original filing dates. While we believe that our portfolio of patents and applications has value, in general no single patent is essential to our business or any individual segment. In addition, any of our proprietary rights could be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented or may not provide significant competitive advantages.

In the U.S., we are party to numerous patent-licensing agreements, and in a majority of them, we license or assign our patents to others, in return for revenue and/or access to their patents. Most of the patent licenses expire concurrently with the expiration of the last patent identified in the license. In 2006, with our PARC subsidiary, we added approximately 25 agreements to our portfolio of patent licensing agreements, and either we or our PARC subsidiary was a licensor in 22 of the agreements. We also have a number of cross-licensing agreements with companies with substantial patent portfolios, including Canon, Microsoft, IBM, Hewlett Packard and Océ. Those agreements vary in subject matter, scope, compensation, significance and time.

In the U.S., we own approximately 560 trademarks, either registered or applied for. These trademarks have a perpetual life, subject to renewal every ten years. We vigorously enforce and protect our trademarks. We hold a perpetual trademark license for “DocuColor.”

 

Competition

Although we encounter aggressive competition in all areas of our business, we are the leader or among the leaders in each of our principal business segments. Our competitors range from large international companies to relatively small firms. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, distribution, and customer service and support. To remain competitive, we invest in and develop new products and services and continually improve our existing offerings. Our key competitors include Canon, Ricoh, IKON, Hewlett-Packard, and, in certain areas of the business, Pitney Bowes, Kodak, Océ, Konica-Minolta and Lexmark. We believe that our brand recognition, reputation for document knowledge and expertise, innovative technology, breadth of product offerings, global distribution channels, our customer relationships and large customer base are important competitive advantages. We and our competitors continue to develop and market new and innovative products at competitive prices, and, at any given time, we may set new market standards for quality, speed and function.


 

8


 

Marketing and Distribution

LOGO

We manage our business based on the principal business segments described above. However, we have organized the marketing and selling of our products and solutions according to geography and channel types. We sell our products and solutions directly to customers through our worldwide sales force and through a network of independent agents, dealers, value-added resellers and systems integrators. Increasingly, we use our direct sales force to address our customers’ more advanced technology, solutions and services requirements, while expanding our use of cost-effective, indirect distribution channels, for basic product offerings.

We market our Phaser line of color and monochrome laser-class and solid ink printers through office information technology industry resellers, who typically access our products through distributors. In 2006, we increased the product offerings available through a two-tiered distribution model in Europe and DMO. Through a multi-phased rollout, we will continue to increase offerings through this lower-cost distribution channel for our Office portfolio.

We are increasing our use of partners to improve our market coverage. Through alliances with Premier Partners and Fuji Ennovation, we expanded coverage to market our DocuColor series to commercial printers. Our alliance with Electronic Data Systems (“EDS”) is designed to integrate EDS’ information technology (“IT”) services with our document management systems and services to provide customers with full IT infrastructure support.

In Europe, Africa, the Middle East, India, and parts of Asia, we distribute our products through Xerox Limited, a company established under the laws of England, and related non-U.S. companies all of which we refer to as Xerox Limited. Xerox Limited enters into distribution agreements with unaffiliated third parties covering distribution of our products in some of the countries located in these regions, and previously entered into agreements with unaffiliated third parties covering distribution of our products in Iran, Sudan, and Syria. Iran, Sudan, and Syria, among others, have been designated as state sponsors of terrorism by the U.S.

Department of State and are subject to U.S. economic sanctions. We maintain an export and sanctions compliance program and believe that we have been and are in compliance with U.S. laws and government regulations for these countries. In addition, we had no assets, liabilities, or operations in these countries other than liabilities under the distribution agreements. After observing required prior notice periods, Xerox Limited terminated its distribution agreements related to Sudan and Syria in August 2006 and terminated its distribution agreement related to Iran in December 2006, and now has only legacy obligations such as providing spare parts and supplies to these third parties. In 2006, we had total revenues of $15.9 billion, of which approximately $9.6 million was attributable to Iran and less than $0.7 million in total was attributable to Sudan and Syria. As a result of the termination of these agreements, we anticipate that our revenues attributable to these countries will decline.

In January 2006, Xerox Limited entered into a five-year distribution agreement with an unaffiliated third party covering distribution of our products in Libya. Libya is also designated as a state sponsor of terrorism by the U.S. Department of State. The decision to enter into this distribution agreement was made in light of recent U.S. federal government actions that have lifted the countrywide embargo previously imposed on Libya. Our sales in Libya through this distribution agreement will be subject to our export and sanctions compliance program and will be according to the U.S. laws and government regulations that relate to Libya.

Service

As of December 31, 2006, we had a worldwide service force of approximately 12,000 employees and an extensive variable contract service force. We are expanding our use of cost-effective remote service technology for basic product offerings while utilizing our direct service force and a variable contract service force to address customers’ more advanced technology requirements. The increasing use of a variable contract service force is consistent with our strategy to reduce service costs while maintaining high-quality levels of service. We believe that our service force represents a significant competitive advantage in that the service force


 

9


 

is continually trained on our products and their diagnostic equipment is state-of-the-art. We offer service 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, in major metropolitan areas around the world, providing a consistent and superior level of service worldwide.

Manufacturing Outsourcing

We are currently in the first one-year automatic renewal period under a five year master supply agreement with Flextronics, a global electronics manufacturing services company, to outsource portions of manufacturing for our Office segment. Our inventory purchases from Flextronics currently represent approximately 20% of our overall worldwide inventory procurement. We have agreed to purchase from Flextronics some products and consumables within specified product families. Flextronics must acquire inventory in anticipation of meeting our forecasted requirements and must maintain sufficient manufacturing capacity to satisfy these requirements. Under certain circumstances, we may be obligated to repurchase inventory that remains unused for more than 180 days or becomes obsolete, or on the termination of the supply agreement.

We acquire other Office products from various third parties, to increase the breadth of our product portfolio, and to meet channel requirements. We also have arrangements with Fuji Xerox under which we purchase some products from and sell other products to Fuji Xerox. Some of these purchases and sales are the result of mutual research and development arrangements. Our remaining manufacturing operations are primarily located in Rochester, New York and Dundalk, Ireland for our high-end production products and consumables, and in Wilsonville, Oregon for solid ink products, consumable supplies, and components for our Office segment products.

Fuji Xerox

Fuji Xerox Co., Limited is an unconsolidated entity in which we currently own 25% and FUJIFILM Holdings Corporation (“FujiFilm”) owns 75%. Fuji Xerox develops, manufactures and distributes document processing products in Japan, China, Hong Kong and other areas of the Pacific Rim, Australia and New Zealand. We retain significant rights as a minority shareholder. Our technology licensing agreements with Fuji Xerox ensure that the two companies retain uninterrupted access to each other’s portfolio of patents, technology and products.

 

International Operations

We are incorporating by reference the financial measures by geographical area for 2006, 2005 and 2004 that are included in Note 2 – Segment Reporting to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2006 Annual Report.

Contract Signings

We believe that contract signings provide a meaningful measure of future business prospects for document management services. Contract signings represent management’s estimate of the total contract life value of managed services and value-added services contracts signed within the period. This estimate includes new contracts, renewals, extensions, and amendments to existing contracts. The total contract life value is defined as the average monthly commitment minimum multiplied by the number of months in the contract, plus an estimate of any other revenue related to the contract, but not included in the minimum. If a contract does not have a monthly commitment minimum, management develops an estimate based on historical and expected usage patterns and other relevant information. Our contracts have terms that generally range from 3 to 5 years. During 2006, signings for document management services were up about 15% from 2005.

Backlog

We believe that backlog, or the value of unfilled orders, is not a meaningful indicator of future business prospects because of the significant proportion of our revenue that follows equipment installation, the large volume of products we deliver from shelf inventories, and the shortening of product life cycles.

Seasonality

Our revenues are affected by such factors as the introduction of new products, the length of the sales cycles, and the seasonality of technology purchases. As a result, our operating results are difficult to predict. These factors have historically resulted in lower revenue in the first quarter than in the immediately preceding fourth quarter.


 

10


 

Other Information

Xerox is a New York corporation, organized in 1906, and our principal executive offices are located at 800 Long Ridge Road, P. O. Box 1600, Stamford, Connecticut 06904-1600.

Our telephone number is (203) 968-3000.

On the Investor Information section of our Internet website, you will find our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports. We make these documents available as soon as we can after we have filed them with, or furnished them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Our Internet address is http://www.xerox.com.


 

11


 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

We face significant competition and our failure to compete successfully could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We operate in an environment of significant competition, driven by rapid technological advances and the demands of customers to become more efficient. Our competitors range from large international companies to relatively small firms. Some of the large international companies have significant financial resources and compete with us globally to provide document processing products and services in each of the markets we serve. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, distribution and customer service and support. Our success in future performance is largely dependent upon our ability to compete successfully in the markets we currently serve and to expand into additional market segments. To remain competitive, we must develop new products, services, and applications and periodically enhance our existing offerings. If we are unable to compete successfully, we could lose market share and important customers to our competitors and that could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We need to develop and expand the use of color printing and copying.

Increasing the proportion of pages which are printed in color and transitioning color pages currently produced on offset devices to Xerox technology represent key growth opportunities. A significant part of our strategy and ultimate success in this changing market is our ability to develop and market technology that produces color prints and copies quickly, easily, with high quality and at reduced cost. Our continuing success in this strategy depends on our ability to make the investments and commit the necessary resources in this highly competitive market, as well as the pace of color adoption by our existing and prospective customers. If we are unable to develop and market advanced and competitive color technologies or the pace of color adoption by our existing and prospective customers is less than anticipated, or the price of color pages declines at a greater rate and faster pace than we anticipate, we may be unable to capture these opportunities and it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to successfully develop new products and technologies, we may be unable to retain current customers and gain new customers and our revenues would be reduced.

The process of developing new high technology products and solutions is inherently complex and uncertain. It requires accurate anticipation of customers’ changing needs and emerging technological trends. We must make long-term investments and commit significant resources before knowing whether these investments will eventually result in products that achieve customer acceptance and generate the revenues required to provide desired returns. We also must ensure that all of our products comply with existing and newly enacted applicable regulatory requirements in the countries in which they are sold, particularly European Union environmental directives. If we fail to accurately anticipate and meet our customers’ needs through the development of new products or if our new products are not widely accepted or if our current or future products fail to meet applicable worldwide regulatory requirements, we could lose market share and customers to our competitors and that could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our profitability is dependent upon our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our products and to improve our cost structure.

Our success depends on our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services which provides a reasonable return to our shareholders. Depending on competitive market factors, future prices we obtain for our products and services may decline from previous levels. In addition, pricing actions to offset the effect of currency devaluations may not prove sufficient to offset further devaluations or may not hold in the face of customer resistance and/or competition. If we are unable to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Since 2000, we have engaged in a series of restructuring programs related to downsizing our employee base, exiting certain businesses, outsourcing some internal functions and engaging in other actions designed to reduce our cost structure. If we are unable to continue to maintain our cost base at or below the current level and maintain process and systems changes resulting from the restructuring actions, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

12


 

Our ability to sustain and improve profit margins is dependent on a number of factors, including our ability to continue to improve the cost efficiency of our operations through such programs as Lean Six Sigma, the level of pricing pressures on our products and services, the proportion of high-end as opposed to low-end equipment sales, the trend in our post-sale revenue growth, and, our ability to successfully complete information technology initiatives. If any of these factors adversely materialize or if we are unable to achieve productivity improvements through design efficiency, supplier and manufacturing cost improvements and information technology initiatives, our ability to offset labor cost inflation, potential materials cost increases and competitive price pressures would be impaired, all of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We have outsourced a significant portion of our overall worldwide manufacturing operations and face the risks associated with relying on third party manufacturers and external suppliers.

We have outsourced a significant portion of our overall worldwide manufacturing operations to third parties and various service providers. To the extent that we rely on third party manufacturing relationships, we face the risk that those manufacturers may not be able to develop manufacturing methods appropriate for our products, they may not be able to quickly respond to changes in customer demand for our products, they may not be able to obtain supplies and materials necessary for the manufacturing process, they may experience labor shortages and/or disruptions, manufacturing costs could be higher than planned and the reliability of our products could decline. If any of these risks were to be realized, and assuming similar third-party manufacturing relationships could not be established, we could experience interruptions in supply or increases in costs that might result in our being unable to meet customer demand for our products, damage our relationships with our customers, and reduce our market share, all of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by economic conditions abroad, including fluctuating foreign currencies and shifting regulatory schemes.

Approximately half of our revenue is generated from operations outside the United States. In addition, we manufacture or acquire many of our products and/or their components from, and maintain significant operations, outside the United States. Our future revenues, costs and results of operations could be significantly affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, as well as by a number of other factors, including changes in economic conditions from country to country, changes in a country’s political conditions, trade protection measures, licensing requirements local tax issues, capitalization and other related legal matters. We generally hedge foreign currency denominated assets, liabilities and anticipated transactions primarily through the use of currency derivative contracts. The use of derivative contracts is intended to mitigate or reduce transactional level volatility in the results of foreign operations, but does not completely eliminate volatility. We do not hedge the translation effect of international revenues and expenses, which are denominated in currencies other than our U.S. parent functional currency, within our consolidated financial statements.

Our operating results may be negatively impacted by lower equipment placements and revenue trends.

Our ability to return to and maintain a consistent trend of revenue growth over the intermediate to longer term is largely dependent upon expansion of our worldwide equipment placements, as well as sales of services and supplies occurring after the initial equipment placement (post sale revenue) in the key growth markets of digital printing, color and multifunction systems. We expect that revenue growth can be further enhanced through our document management and consulting services in the areas of personalized and product life cycle communications, office and production services and document content and imaging. The ability to achieve growth in our equipment placements is subject to the successful implementation of our initiatives to provide advanced systems, industry-oriented global solutions and services for major customers, improve direct sales productivity and expand our indirect distribution channels in our developing markets operations and other geographic areas in the face of global competition and pricing pressures. Our ability to increase post sale revenue is largely dependent on our ability to increase the volume of pages printed, the mix of color pages, equipment utilization and color adoption. Equipment placements typically occur through leases with original terms of three to five years. There will be a lag between the increase in equipment placement and an increase in post sale revenues. The ability to grow our customers’ usage of our products may continue to be adversely impacted by the movement toward distributed printing and electronic substitutes and the impact of lower equipment placements in prior periods. If we are unable to maintain a consistent trend of revenue growth, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

13


 

Our ability to fund our customer financing activities at economically competitive levels depends on our ability to borrow and the cost of borrowing in the credit market.

The long-term viability and profitability of our customer financing activities is dependent, in part, on our ability to borrow and the cost of borrowing in the credit markets. This ability and cost, in turn, is dependent on our credit ratings. We are currently funding our customer financing activity through a combination of capital market offerings, cash generated from operations, cash on hand, other secured and unsecured borrowings and, to a lesser degree, third-party funding arrangements. Our ability to continue to offer customer financing and be successful in the placement of equipment with customers is largely dependent on our ability to obtain funding at a reasonable cost. If we are unable to continue to offer customer financing, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our significant debt could adversely affect our financial health and pose challenges for conducting our business.

We have and will continue to have a significant amount of debt and other obligations, primarily to support our customer financing activities. As of December 31, 2006, we had $7.1 billion of total debt ($2.1 billion of which is secured by finance receivables) and $624 million of liabilities to trusts issuing preferred securities. The total value of financing activities, shown on the balance sheet as Finance Receivables and On-Lease equipment, was $8.3 billion at December 31, 2006. The total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments balance was $1.5 billion at December 31, 2006. Our substantial debt and other obligations could have important consequences. For example, it could (i) increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; (ii) limit our ability to obtain additional financing for future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate requirements; (iii) increase our vulnerability to interest rate fluctuations because a portion of our debt has variable interest rates; (iv) require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to service debt and other obligations thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows from operations for other purposes; (v) limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; (vi) place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and (vii) become due and payable upon a change in control. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, these related risks could increase.

We need to maintain adequate liquidity in order to have sufficient cash to meet operating cash flow requirements and to repay maturing debt and other obligations. If we fail to comply with the covenants contained in our various borrowing agreements, it may adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

Our liquidity is a function of our ability to successfully generate cash flows from a combination of efficient operations and improvement therein, access to capital markets, securitizations, funding from third parties and borrowings secured by our finance receivables portfolios. As of December 31, 2006, total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments was $1.5 billion, and our borrowing capacity under our 2006 Credit Facility was $1.235 billion, reflecting no outstanding borrowings and $15 million of letters of credit that have been utilized. We also have funding available through various secured borrowing arrangements. We believe our liquidity (including operating and other cash flows that we expect to generate) will be sufficient to meet operating requirements as they occur; however, our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity going forward depends on our ability to generate cash from operations and access to the capital markets, secured borrowings, securitizations and funding from third parties, all of which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other market factors that are beyond our control.

The 2006 Credit Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants including limitations on: (i) liens of Xerox and certain of our subsidiaries securing debt, (ii) certain fundamental changes to corporate structure, (iii) changes in nature of business and (iv) limitations on debt incurred by certain subsidiaries. The 2006 Credit Facility contains financial maintenance covenants, including maximum leverage (debt for borrowed money divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined) and a minimum interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense, as defined). The indentures governing our outstanding senior notes contain affirmative and negative covenants including limitations on: issuance of secured debt and preferred stock; investments and acquisitions; mergers; certain transactions with affiliates; creation of liens; asset transfers; hedging transactions; payment of dividends and certain other payments. They do not, however, contain any financial maintenance covenants, except the fixed charge coverage ratio applicable to certain types of payments. Our U.S. Loan Agreement with General Electric Capital Corporation (“GECC”) (effective through 2010) relating to our customer financing program (the “Loan

 

14


 

Agreement”) provides for loans secured by eligible finance receivables up to $5 billion outstanding at any one time. As of December 31, 2006, $1.5 billion was outstanding under the Loan Agreement, including similar loan agreements with GE in the U.K. and Canada. These agreements incorporate the financial maintenance covenants contained in the 2006 Credit Facility and contains other affirmative and negative covenants.

At December 31, 2006, we were in full compliance with the covenants and other provisions of the 2006 Credit Facility, the senior notes and the Loan Agreement. Any failure to be in compliance with any material provision or covenant of the 2006 Credit Facility or the senior notes could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition. Failure to be in compliance with the covenants in the Loan Agreement, including the financial maintenance covenants incorporated from the 2006 Credit Facility, would result in an event of termination under the Loan Agreement and in such case GECC would not be required to make further loans to us. If GECC were to make no further loans to us, and assuming a similar facility was not established and that we were unable to obtain replacement financing in the public debt markets, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund our customers’ purchases of our equipment and this could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by legal and regulatory matters.

We have various contingent liabilities that are not reflected on our balance sheet, including those arising as a result of being involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, employment law and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), as discussed in the “Contingencies” note to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess potential liability by analyzing our litigation and regulatory matters using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with legal counsel handling our defense in these matters, which involves an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Should developments in any of our legal matters cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs.

Our operations are subject to environmental regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. Some of our manufacturing operations use, and some of our products contain, substances that are regulated in various jurisdictions. For example, the European Union Directive known as the Restriction on the Use of Hazardous Substances (“RoHS”), effective in July 2006, requires the removal of lead, cadmium and certain other substances from product designs put on the market in the European Union beginning in July 2006. We continue RoHS compliance activities with respect to our products. The RoHS directive does not have a material impact on our product lines. In addition, various other countries and jurisdictions have proposed and/or are expected to adopt restrictions similar to RoHS. If we do not comply with applicable rules and regulations in connection with the use of such substances and the sale of products containing such substances, then we could be subject to liability and could be prevented from selling our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Further, we could also face substantial costs and liabilities in connection with product take-back legislation. Beginning in 2005, we became subject to the European Union Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) as enacted by individual European Union countries (“WEEE Legislation”), which makes producers of electrical goods, including computers and printers, responsible for collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of recovered products. We continue to conduct WEEE compliance activities and continue to evaluate the impact of specific registration and compliance activities required by WEEE Legislation. Other jurisdictions throughout the United States and the world have also proposed, or may adopt, product take-back regulations. If we are unable to collect, recycle, treat and dispose of our products in a cost-effective manner and in accordance with applicable requirements, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Other potentially relevant initiatives throughout the world include proposals for more extensive chemical registration requirements, various efforts to limit energy use in products, and other environmentally related product programs. As these initiatives and programs become regulatory requirements and/or are adopted as public or private procurement requirements, we must comply or potentially face market access limitations that could have a material adverse affect on our operations and financial condition.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None

 

15



 

Item 2. Properties

We own several manufacturing, engineering and research facilities and lease additional facilities. The principal manufacturing and engineering facilities, located in California, New York, Oklahoma, Canada, U.K., Ireland and the Netherlands, are used jointly by the Production and Office Segments, those in Oregon by the Office Segment, and those in Brazil for both the Office and the DMO Segment, as well as India for the DMO Segment. In 2006, we commenced construction of a new color toner plant on our manufacturing campus in Webster, NY. We expect to complete construction of this plant in 2007. Our principal research facilities are located in California, New York, Canada, France and the U.K. The research activities in our principal research centers benefit all our operating segments.

As we implemented our restructuring programs (discussed in the “Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges” note in the Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report, incorporated by reference), several leased properties became surplus. The surplus properties have leases that we are obligated to maintain through required contractual periods. We have disposed or subleased certain of these properties and are aggressively pursuing the successful disposition and subleasing of all remaining surplus properties anticipating the majority to be disposed by 2009. With respect to United States properties, at year-end 2006 there were approximately 23 surplus facilities totaling approximately 1 million square feet.

We continue to implement our Virtual Office Program for the United States sales force locations. As part of this program, approximately 3,100 employees are working virtually. In combination with other initiatives, this program has reduced our real estate portfolio by approximately 0.8 million square feet. Overall, this program has been a success and is generally well received.

In December 2006, we sold our Corporate headquarters facility. In connection with the sale, we entered into a two-year lease agreement for the facility, which is cancelable upon 90 days notice. We intend to relocate our Corporate headquarters facility within the surrounding area, when a suitable replacement facility is identified.

As a result of the acquisition of Amici and XMPie, we acquired a few leased facilities which have been incorporated into the portfolio and rationalized as appropriate.

In addition, we have numerous facilities, which encompass general offices, sales offices, service locations and distribution centers. The principal owned facilities are located in the United States, Ireland, Brazil and India. The principal leased facilities are located in the United States, Brazil, Canada, U.K., Mexico, France and Germany. In 2002, we entered into a joint venture (Xerox Capital Services) with General Electric to manage our administrative billing, credit and collection function. Xerox Capital Services licenses several of our owned and leased facilities totaling approximately 500,000 square feet for their use. The two principal Xerox Capital Services administrative facilities are located in Illinois and Texas. A third administrative facility, located in Florida, is in the process of being closed. We also lease a portion of a training facility, located in Virginia. It is our opinion that our properties have been well maintained, are in sound operating condition and contain all the necessary equipment and facilities to perform our functions.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The information set forth under the “Contingencies” note in the Consolidated Financial Statements, of the Xerox Corporation 2006 Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None

 

16



 

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a) Market Information, Holders and Dividends

The information set forth under the following captions of the Xerox Corporation 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders is hereby incorporated by reference:

 

Caption

     

Stock Listed and Traded

  

Xerox Common Stock Prices and Dividends

  

Five Years in Review – Common Shareholders of Record at Year-End

  

(b) Sales of Unregistered Securities During the Quarter ended December 31, 2006

During the quarter ended December 31, 2006, registrant issued no securities in transactions which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1993, as amended.

(c) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities during the Quarter ended December 31, 2006

Repurchases of Xerox Common Stock, par value $1.00 per Share

 

     Total Number of
Shares Purchased
   Average Price Paid
per Share(1)
   Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs(2)
   Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares That
May Yet Be
Purchased under the
Plans or Programs(2)

October 1 through 31

   1,642,100    $ 15.9248    1,642,100    $ 354,186,434

November 1 through 30

   12,658,800      16.8293    12,658,800      641,147,923

December 1 through 31

   8,363,000    $ 16.7826    8,363,000    $ 500,795,281
                       

Total

   22,663,900       22,663,900   
               

(1) Exclusive of fees and costs.
(2) The original $500 million Stock Repurchase Program was authorized by our Board of Directors in October, 2005. In each of January 2006, July 2006 and November 2006, our Board of Directors authorized additional $500 million Stock Repurchase Programs covering the aggregate repurchase of up to $2 billion of our common stock, par value $1.00 per share. The most recently adopted program covers purchases through the period ending October 31, 2007. The $2 billion is exclusive of fees and expenses. The repurchases under these programs may be made on the open market, or through derivative or negotiated transactions. Open-market repurchases will be made in compliance with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rule 10b-18, and are subject to market conditions as well as applicable legal and other considerations.

 

17


 

(d) Performance Graph

COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE

TOTAL RETURN AMONG XEROX CORP, S&P 500,

AND BUSINESS WEEK’S COMPUTERS & PERIPHERALS INDUSTRY GROUP

LOGO

 

SOURCE:   Standard & Poor’s Research Insight
NOTES:  

Assumes $100 invested on 12/31/2001 in Xerox Corp, in S&P 500, and in Business Week’s Computers & Peripherals Industry Group

All dividends are reinvested on a monthly basis and the peer group is weighted by market capitalization

The companies included in the Computers & Peripherals Industry Group for 2006 are as of 12/31/06:

Apple Computer, Dell, Diebold, EMC, Gateway, Hewlett-Packard, International Business Machines, Lexmark International, NCR, Network Appliance, Palm, SanDisk, Seagate Technology, Sun Microsystems, and Western Digital

 

     Dec01    Dec02    Dec03    Dec04    Dec05    Dec06

Xerox Corp

   100    77    132    163    141    163

S&P 500

   100    78    100    111    117    135

Business Week Index

   100    76    104    124    202    238

The graph and other information furnished under this Part II Item 5 (d) of this Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

18


 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2006, as set forth and included under the caption “Five Years in Review,” of the Xerox Corporation 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders, is incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K.

Revenues

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

Per-Share Data

Income from continuing operations, before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle – Basic and Diluted

Earnings – Basic and Diluted

Total Assets

Long-term debt

Liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities

Series B convertible preferred stock

Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information set forth under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition,” of the Xerox Corporation 2006 Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The information set forth under the caption “Financial Risk Management”, in the Xerox Corporation 2006 Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements, together with the report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, included in the Xerox Corporation 2006 Annual Report, are incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K. With the exception of the aforementioned information and the information incorporated in Items 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 7A and 8, the Xerox Corporation 2006 Annual Report is not to be deemed filed as part of this Form 10-K.

The quarterly financial data included under the caption “Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)” of the Xerox Corporation 2006 Annual Report is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The financial statement schedule required herein is filed as referenced in Item 15 of this Form 10-K.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

Our management is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of all information presented in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management

 

19


 

believes the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions and that the financial statements fairly represent the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with the independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the internal auditors and representatives of management to review accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors. The independent auditors and internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the officers who certify the Company’s financial reports and to other members of senior management and the Board of Directors. Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2006, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control –  Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Based on the above evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006. Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in the Xerox Corporation 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, there was no change identified in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Executive Compensation

On February 15, 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company took the following actions:

Amendment of 2004 Performance Incentive Plan (“2004 PIP”)

As part of its periodic review of the Company’s executive compensation program, the Compensation Committee approved certain changes to the provisions of the 2004 PIP relating to a change in control, the definition of fair market value and certain clarifying changes that the Company does not believe to be material. The Company does not believe these changes in the aggregate require shareholder approval under the New York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance Rules. These changes are included in the Amended and Restated 2004 PIP, a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit 10(e)(10) to this Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

20


 

2006 and 2007 Annual Performance Incentive Plan (“APIP”):

The Compensation Committee approved the payments of cash awards under the Xerox 2004 PIP as may be amended. The measures on which awards are based for the 2006 fiscal year are set out on Exhibit 10(e)(5) attached hereto and the measures for awards for fiscal year 2007 are set out on Exhibit 10(e)(11) attached hereto. The Compensation Committee approved cash awards under the 2004 PIP for fiscal year 2006 to Anne M. Mulcahy, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Lawrence A. Zimmerman, Chief Financial Officer and certain other officers, including Ursula M. Burns, James A. Firestone and Jean-Noel Machon, our other three most highly compensated executive officers for fiscal year 2006 (collectively with Mrs. Mulcahy, the “Named Executive Officers”). The Compensation Committee approved a cash award of $2,178,000 to Mrs. Mulcahy, $660,000 to Mr. Zimmerman, $704,000 to Ms. Burns, $660,000 to Mr. Firestone and $531,754 to Mr. Machon.

2005 E-LTIP Awards:

The Compensation Committee determined that one-third of the performance shares granted under the 2005 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2005 E-LTIP”) were earned based on the Company’s 2006 performance against the annual targets established for Diluted Earnings Per Share from Continuing Operations (“EPS”) and Net Cash provided by Operating Activities. A description of the targets is set out on Exhibit 10(e)(4). The number of shares earned for 2006 for each Named Officer is as follows: Mrs. Mulcahy, 98,033 shares; Mr. Zimmerman, 31,367 shares; Ms. Burns, 35,300 shares; Mr. Firestone, 31,367 shares; and Mr. Machon, 19,633 shares. Earned shares vest three years from their grant date.

The Compensation Committee approved a modification to the EPS definition as previously established to exclude any gains/losses resulting from the settlement of tax audits. This modification was made to align the 2005 EPS definition with the 2006 E-LTIP EPS definition and to exclude the significant tax gains that occurred in 2006. As a result, the cumulative EPS result will be lower than it otherwise would have been absent the modification.

2006 E-LTIP Awards:

The Compensation Committee determined that one-third of the performance shares granted under the 2006 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2006 E-LTIP”) were earned based on the Company’s 2006 performance against the annual targets established for Earnings Per Share and Core Cash Flow from Operations. A description of the targets is set out on Exhibit 10(e)(6). The number of shares earned for 2006 for each Named Executive Officer is as follows: Mrs. Mulcahy, 148,000 shares; Mr. Zimmerman, 36,433 shares; Ms. Burns, 56,933 shares; Mr. Firestone, 45,567 shares; and Mr. Machon, 22,800 shares. Earned shares vest three years from their grant date.

2007 E-LTIP Awards:

2007 E-LTIP awards made to officers reflect their leadership role in the Company, their individual performance, and competitive award levels. The purpose of the 2007 E-LTIP is to provide the necessary incentives to retain and reward executives for sustained performance improvements over the next three-year period. Awards under the 2007 E-LTIP for officers are comprised entirely of performance shares that may be earned based on achieving annual performance targets and three-year cumulative performance between threshold and maximum as determined by the Committee. All performance shares that are earned vest in 2010. Executives who retire, are involuntarily terminated (without cause) or voluntarily terminate due to a reduction in force prior to the end of the three-year performance cycle will vest in a portion of the performance shares earned on a pro rata basis.

Performance metrics for the 2007 E-LTIP are Earnings Per Share (weighted 60%) and Core Cash Flow from Operations (weighted 40%). Earnings Per Share and Core Cash Flow from Operations are defined in Exhibit 10(e)(12) attached hereto. The Committee has established annual and cumulative targets. Based on annual or cumulative performance versus targets, the number of performance shares earned by officers under the 2007 E-LTIP may vary from 0% to 150% of the initial number of shares subject to the grant. The form of award agreement pursuant to which such grants were made is attached hereto as Exhibit 10(e)(14).

Participants in the 2007 E-LTIP are subject to meaningful ownership requirements and mandatory share holding requirements of 50% of the net vested shares until their ownership requirements have been met.

 

21



 

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

The information regarding directors is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement (“2007 Proxy Statement”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 24, 2007. The Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of our 2007 Proxy Statement.

The information regarding the audit committee, its members and the audit committee financial experts is incorporated by reference herein from the subsection entitled “Committee Functions, Membership and Meetings” in the section entitled “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors” in our 2007 Proxy Statement.

We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. The Finance Code of Conduct can be found on our website at: http://www.xerox.com/investor and then clicking on Corporate Governance.

 

22


 

Executive Officers of Xerox

The following is a list of the executive officers of Xerox, their current ages, their present positions and the year appointed to their present positions. Anne M. Mulcahy, Chairman of the Board and CEO and Thomas J. Dolan, Senior Vice President, are sister and brother. There are no other family relationships between any of the executive officers named.

Each officer is elected to hold office until the meeting of the Board of Directors held on the day of the next annual meeting of shareholders, subject to the provisions of the By-Laws.

 

Name

   Age   

Present Position

   Year
Appointed
to Present
Position
   Officer
Since

Anne M. Mulcahy*

   54    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer    2002    1992

Lawrence A. Zimmerman

   64   

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

   2002    2002

Ursula M. Burns

   48   

Senior Vice President

President Business Group Operations

   2002    1997

Thomas J. Dolan

   62   

Senior Vice President

President, Xerox Global Services

   2001    1997

James A. Firestone

   52   

Senior Vice President

President, Xerox North America

   2004    1998

Michael C. Mac Donald

   53   

Senior Vice President

President, Global Accounts and Marketing Operations

   2004    1997

Hector J. Motroni

   63    Senior Vice President, Chief Staff Officer and Chief Ethics Officer    2003    1994

Jean-Noel Machon

   54   

Senior Vice President

President, Developing Markets Operations

   2004    2000

Armando Zagalo de Lima

   48   

Senior Vice President

President Xerox Europe

   2004    2000

J. Michael Farren

   54    Vice President, External and Legal Affairs, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary    2004    1994

Gary R. Kabureck

   53    Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer    2003    2000

James H. Lesko

   55    Vice President, Investor Relations    2004    1993

John E. McDermott

   53    Vice President, Chief Information Officer and Corporate Strategy and Alliances    2004    2004

Rhonda L. Seegal

   56    Vice President and Treasurer    2003    2003

Leslie F. Varon

   50    Vice President and Controller    2006    2001

* Member of Xerox Board of Directors

Each officer named above, with the exception of Lawrence A. Zimmerman, Rhonda L. Seegal and John E. McDermott, has been an officer or an executive of Xerox or its subsidiaries for at least the past five years.

 

23


 

Prior to joining Xerox in 2002, Mr. Zimmerman had been with System Software Associates, Inc. where he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1998–1999. Prior to that, he retired from International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”), where he was Senior Finance Executive for IBM’s Server group from 1996–1998, Vice President of Finance for Europe, Middle East and Africa Operations from 1994–1996 and IBM Corporate Controller from 1991–1994. He held various other positions at IBM from 1967–1991.

Prior to joining Xerox in 2002, Mr. McDermott had been a partner at Marakon Associates, a management-consulting firm, from 1996-2002 and had been a consultant at that firm from 1988-1996. He worked on issues of business strategy, operations improvement and organizational design.

Prior to joining Xerox in 2003, Ms. Seegal had been with Avaya Inc., where she was Vice President and Treasurer from 2000–2003. Prior to that, she was Deputy Treasurer at General Electric Company from 1996–2000.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information included under the following captions in our 2007 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference: “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Summary Compensation Table”, “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2006”, “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal Year-End”, “Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2006”, “Pension Benefits for the 2006 Fiscal Year”, “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation”, “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control”, “Director Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”. The information included under the heading “Compensation Committee Report” in our 2007 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference; however, this information shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “Ownership of Company Securities,” “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” in our 2007 Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Certain Transactions” in our 2007 Proxy Statement. The information regarding director independence is incorporated herein by reference from the subsection entitled “Corporate Governance” in the section entitled “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors” in our 2007 Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Auditor Fees and Services

The information regarding principal auditor fees and services is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Proposal 2 – Ratification of Election of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our 2007 Proxy Statement.

 

24



 

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)    (1)   Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule, incorporated by reference or filed as part of this report:   
    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  
    

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006

  
    

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005

  
    

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006

  
    

Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholders’ Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006

  
    

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  
    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule

  
    

Schedule II – Valuation and qualifying accounts

  
    

All other schedules are omitted as they are not applicable, or the information required is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

  
   (2)   Supplementary Data:   
    

Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

  
    

Five Years in Review

  
   (3)   The exhibits filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference are set forth in the Index of Exhibits included herein.   

(b)

   The management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements listed in the Index of Exhibits that are applicable to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table which appears in Registrant’s 2007 Proxy Statement are preceded by an asterisk (*).

(c)

   Financial statements required by Regulation S-X which are excluded from the annual report to shareholders by Rule 14a-3(b), including schedules filed under Item 15(a) of this Report which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

25



 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

XEROX CORPORATION
By:  

/S/    ANNE M. MULCAHY        

 

Anne M. Mulcahy

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

February 16, 2007

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

February 16, 2007

 

Signature

  

Title

Principal Executive Officer:   

/S/    ANNE M. MULCAHY        

Anne M. Mulcahy

   Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Principal Financial Officer:   

/S/    LAWRENCE A. ZIMMERMAN        

Lawrence A. Zimmerman

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Principal Accounting Officer:   

/S/    GARY R. KABURECK        

Gary R. Kabureck

   Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

/S/    GLENN A. BRITT        

Glenn A. Britt

   Director

/S/    RICHARD J. HARRINGTON        

Richard J. Harrington

   Director

/S/    WILLIAM CURT HUNTER        

William Curt Hunter

   Director

/S/    VERNON E. JORDAN, JR.        

Vernon E. Jordan, Jr.

   Director

/S/    HILMAR KOPPER        

Hilmar Kopper

   Director

/S/    RALPH S. LARSEN        

Ralph S. Larsen

   Director

/S/    ROBERT A. MCDONALD        

Robert A. McDonald

   Director

/S/    N. J. NICHOLAS, JR.        

N. J. Nicholas, Jr.

   Director

/S/    ANN N. REESE        

Ann N. Reese

   Director

/S/    MARY AGNES WILDEROTTER        

Mary Agnes Wilderotter

   Director

 

26



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

on Financial Statement Schedule

To the Board of Directors of Xerox Corporation:

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements, of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting referred to in our report dated February 16, 2007, appearing in the 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders of Xerox Corporation (which report and consolidated financial statements and assessment are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(1) of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” as of December 31, 2006.

 

/s/    PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP        

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 16, 2007

 

27



 

SCHEDULE II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

(in millions)

   Balance
at beginning
of period
   Additions
charged to
bad debt
provision(1)
   Amounts
(credited)
charged to
other income
statement
accounts(1)
    Deductions
and other, net
of recoveries(2)
    Balance
at end
of period

2006

            

Allowance for Losses on:

            

Accounts Receivable

   $ 136    $ 36    $ (9 )   $ (47 )   $ 116

Finance Receivables

     229      51      (2 )     (80 )     198
                                    
   $ 365    $ 87    $ (11 )   $ (127 )   $ 314
                                    

2005

            

Allowance for Losses on:

            

Accounts Receivable

   $ 183    $ 36    $ (14 )   $ (69 )   $ 136

Finance Receivables

     276      36      (8 )     (75 )     229
                                    
   $ 459    $ 72    $ (22 )   $ (144 )   $ 365
                                    

2004

            

Allowance for Losses on:

            

Accounts Receivable

   $ 218    $ 68    $ (27 )   $ (76 )   $ 183

Finance Receivables

     315      42      3       (84 )     276
                                    
   $ 533    $ 110    $ (24 )   $ (160 )   $ 459
                                    

(1) Bad debt provisions relate to estimated losses due to credit and similar collectability issues. Other charges (credits) relate to adjustments to reserves necessary to reflect events of non-payment such as customer accommodations and contract terminations.
(2) Deductions and other, net of recoveries primarily relates to receivable write-offs, but also includes the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments and recoveries of previously written off receivables.

 

28



 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Document and Location

 

(3)(a)

   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant filed with the Department of State of New York on November 7, 2003, as amended by Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Department of State of New York on August 19, 2004.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2004.

(b)

   By-Laws of Registrant, as amended through December 10, 2003.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(2) to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-111623.

(4)(a)(1)

   Indenture dated as of December 1, 1991, between Registrant and Citibank, N.A., as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities, which may be issued from time to time by Registrant when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of Registrant’s Board of Directors (the “December 1991 Indenture”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registrant’s Registration Statement Nos. 33-44597, 33-49177 and 33-54629.

(2)

   Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of February 1, 2001, among Registrant, Citibank, N.A., as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to the December 1991 Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

(b)(1)

   Indenture dated as of September 20, 1996, between Registrant and Citibank, N.A., as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities, which may be issued from time to time by Registrant when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of Registrant’s Board of Directors (the “September 1996 Indenture”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registration Statement No. 333-13179.

(2)

   Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of February 1, 2001, among Registrant, Citibank, N.A., as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to the September 1996 Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

(c)(1)

   Indenture dated as of January 29, 1997, between Registrant and Bank One, National Association (as successor by merger with The First National Bank of Chicago) (“Bank One”), as trustee (the “January 1997 Indenture”), relating to Registrant’s Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Junior Subordinated Debentures”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(2)

   Form of Certificate of Exchange relating to Junior Subordinated Debentures.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(3)

   Certificate of Trust of Xerox Capital Trust I executed as of January 23, 1997.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(4)

   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Xerox Capital Trust I dated as of January 29, 1997.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

 

29


 

(5)

   Form of Exchange Capital Security Certificate for Xerox Capital Trust I.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A-1 to Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(6)

   Series A Capital Securities Guarantee Agreement of Registrant dated as of January 29, 1997, relating to Series A Capital Securities of Xerox Capital Trust I.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(7)

   Registration Rights Agreement dated January 29, 1997, among Registrant, Xerox Capital Trust I and the initial purchasers named therein.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(8)

   Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of November 30, 2001, among Registrant, Bank One as resigning trustee, and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), as successor Trustee, relating to the January 1997 Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (c)(8) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001.

(d)(1)

   Indenture dated as of October 21, 1997, among Registrant, Xerox Overseas Holding Limited (formerly Xerox Overseas Holding PLC), Xerox Capital (Europe) plc (formerly Rank Xerox Capital (Europe) plc) and Citibank, N.A., as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities which may be issued from time to time by Registrant and unlimited amounts of guaranteed debt securities which may be issued from time to time by the other issuers when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors of Registrant or the other issuers, as applicable (the “October 1997 Indenture”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-34333.

(2)

   Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of February 1, 2001, among Registrant, the other issuers under the October 1997 Indenture, Citibank, N.A., as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to the October 1997 Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

(e)(1)

   Indenture dated as of April 21, 1998, between Registrant and Bank One, as trustee, relating to $1,012,198,000 principal amount at maturity of Registrant’s Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2018 (the “April 1998 Indenture”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-59355.

(2)

   Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of July 26, 2001, among Registrant, Bank One as resigning trustee, and Wells Fargo, as successor Trustee, relating to the April 1998 Indenture (the “April 1998 Indenture Trustee Assignment”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(e)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001.

(3)

   Amendment to Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of October 22, 2001, among Registrant, Bank One as resigning trustee, and Wells Fargo, as successor Trustee, relating to the April 1998 Indenture Trustee Assignment.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(e)(3) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001.

(f)(1)

   Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2002, between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, relating to Registrant’s 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2009 (Denominated in U.S. Dollars) (the “January 17, 2002 U.S. Dollar Indenture”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h)(1) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001.

 

30


 

(2)

   Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2002, between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, relating to Registrant’s 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2009 (Denominated in Euros) (the “January 17, 2002 Euro Indenture”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001.

(3)

   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2002, among Registrant and the initial purchasers named therein, relating to Registrant’s $600,000,000 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2009.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h)(3) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001.

(4)

   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2002, among Registrant and the initial purchasers named therein, relating to Registrant’s (euro) 225,000,000 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2009.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h)(4) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001.

(5)

   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 21, 2002 between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, to the January 17, 2002 U.S. Dollar Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)(h)(5) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002.

(6)

   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 21, 2002 between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, to the January 17, 2002 Euro Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)(h)(6) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002.

(7)

   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 30, 2002 between Registrant, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo, as trustee, to the January 17, 2002 U.S. Dollar Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (h)(7) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002.

(8)

   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 30, 2002 between Registrant, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo, as trustee, to the January 17, 2002 Euro Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (h)(8) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002.

(9)

   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated June 25, 2003 among Registrant, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo, as trustee, to the January 17, 2002 U.S. Dollar Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2003.

(10)

   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated June 25, 2003 among Registrant, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo, as trustee, to the January 17, 2002 U.S. Euro Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2003.

(g)

   Indenture dated as of October 2, 1995, between Xerox Credit Corporation (“XCC”) and State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities which may be issued from time to time by XCC when and as authorized by XCC’s Board of Directors or Executive Committee of the Board of Directors.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to XCC’s Registration Statement Nos. 33-61481 and 333-29677.

(h)

   Rights Agreement dated as of April 7, 1997 between Registrant and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent as amended February 7, 2000.
  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended

December 31, 2004.

 

31


 

(i)(1)

   Indenture, dated as of June 25, 2003, between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities which may be issued from time to time by Registrant when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of Registrant’s Board of Directors (the “June 25, 2003 Indenture”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2003.

(2)

   First Supplemental Indenture, dated June 25, 2003 among Registrant, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo, as trustee, to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2003.

(3)

   Form of Second Supplemental Indenture to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)(b)(3) to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-111623.

(4)

   Form of Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 20, 2006, to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(6) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 20, 2006.

(5)

   Form of Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 18, 2006, to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(7) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 18, 2006.

(6)

   Form of Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 18, 2006, to the June 25, 2003 Indenture.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(8) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 18, 2006.

(j)

   Form of Credit Agreement dated as of April 7, 2006 between Registrant and the Initial Lenders, the Initial Issuing Banks, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(j) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 7, 2006.

(k)

   Master Demand Note dated December 10, 2003 between Registrant and Xerox Credit Corporation.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(m) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.

(l)

   Instruments with respect to long-term debt where the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis have not been filed. Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission a copy of each such instrument upon request.

(10)

   The management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements listed below that are applicable to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table which appears in Registrant’s 2007 Proxy Statement are preceded by an asterisk (*).

*(a)

   Registrant’s Form of Salary Continuance Agreement.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended.

*(b)(1)

   Registrant’s 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended through October 9, 2000 (“1991 LTIP”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.

(2)

   Form of Amendment to Agreements under 1991 LTIP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b)(2) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 19, 2005.

 

32


 

(3)

   Amendment No. 1 to 1991 LTIP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b)(3) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2006.

(c)

   Registrant’s 1996 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended through May 20, 1999.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

(d)(1)

   Registrant’s 2004 Equity Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended through October 12, 2006 (“2004 ECPNED”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(1) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2006.

(2)

   Form of Agreement under 2004 ECPNED.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(2) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2005.

(3)

   Form of Grant Summary under 2004 ECPNED.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(3) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2005.

(4)

   Form of DSU Deferral under 2004 ECPNED.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(4) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2005.

*(e)(1)

   Registrant’s 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of December 6, 2005 (“2004 PIP”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(1) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

(2)

   Form of 2005 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement under the 2004 PIP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

(3)

   Form of 2005 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Summary under the 2004 PIP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(3) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

(4)

   Performance Elements for 2005 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(6) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

(5)

   Annual Performance Incentive Plan for 2006.

(6)

   Performance Elements for 2006 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2006 ELTIP”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(6) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

(7)

   Form of Amendment to Agreements under 2004 PIP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(7) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 19, 2005.

(8)

   Form of 2006 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Summary under 2006 ELTIP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(8) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

 

33


 

(9)

   2006 Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement under the 2004 PIP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(9) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

(10)

   Registrant’s 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of February 15, 2007 (“2007 Restatement of 2004 PIP”).

(11)

   Annual Performance Incentive Plan for 2007.

(12)

   Performance Elements for 2007 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2007 ELTIP”).

(13)

   Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Summary under 2007 ELTIP.

(14)

   2007 Form of Executive Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement under the 2007 Restatement of the 2004 PIP.

*(f)(1)

   2004 Restatement of Registrant’s Unfunded Retirement Income Guarantee Plan, as amended through December 7, 2004 (“2004 URIGP”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(F) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

(2)

   Amendment No. 1 to 2004 URIGP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f)(2) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2005.

(3)

   Amendment No. 2 to 2004 URIGP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f)(3) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2006.

*(g)(1)

   2004 Restatement of Registrant’s Unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended through December 7, 2004 (“2004 USERP”).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

(2)

   Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s 2004 USERP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(2) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2005.

(3)

   Amendment No. 3 to Registrant’s 2004 USERP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(3) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2006.

(4)

   Amendment No. 4 to Registrant’s 2004 USERP.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(4) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2006.

(h)

   1996 Amendment and Restatement of Registrant’s Restricted Stock Plan for Directors, as amended through February 4, 2002.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

*(i)

   Form of Amended and Restated Severance Letter Agreement entered into with various executive officers, effective July 11, 2005.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

 

34


 

*(j)(1)

   Registrant’s Universal Life Plan effective July 1, 2003.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

(2)

   Amendment No. 3 to Registrant’s Universal Life Plan.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j)(2) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2006.

(k)

   Registrant’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, 1997 Amendment and Restatement, as amended through December 7, 2004.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

*(l)

   Registrant’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, 2004 Restatement, as amended through August 11, 2004.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2004.

*(m)

   Registrant’s 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended through October 9, 2000.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

(n)

   Separation Agreement dated May 11, 2000 between Registrant and G. Richard Thoman, former President and Chief Executive Officer of Registrant.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

(o) (1)

   Master Supply Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2001, between Registrant and Flextronics International Ltd. (“Master Supply Agreement”).**
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(t)(1) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2003.

(2)

   Amended and Restated Letter Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001 between Registrant and Flextronics International Ltd. regarding collateral matters relating to the relationship between Registrant and Flextronics.**
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(t)(2) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2003.

*(p)

   Letter Agreement dated May 20, 2002 between Registrant and Lawrence A. Zimmerman, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Registrant.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(u) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002.

(q)

   Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of October 21, 2002 between Xerox Lease Funding LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

*(r)

   Form of Cash Retention Agreement entered into with various executive officers during 2003.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(w) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.

 

35


 

(s)

   2006 Technology Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2006, by and between Registrant and Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2006.**

(12)

   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed charges and the Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.

(13)

   Registrant’s 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders.

(21)

   Subsidiaries of Registrant.

(23)

   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

(31)(a)

   Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

(b)

   Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

(32)

   Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

(99.1)

   Order under Section 36 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Granting Exemptions from Certain Provisions of the Act and Rules Thereunder, dated April 11, 2002 (Release No. 45730).
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 11, 2002.

** Pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act and/or a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the confidential portion of this material has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

36

Annual Performance Incentive Plan 2006

Exhibit 10(e)(5)

Annual Performance Incentive Plan for 2006 (“2006 APIP”)

Under the 2006 APIP, executive officers of the Company are eligible to receive performance related cash payments. Payments are, in general, only made if annual performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) are met.

The Committee approved an annual incentive target and maximum opportunity for 2006, expressed as a percentage of base salary for each participating officer. Certain additional goals were established for some officers based on business unit goals and/or individual performance goals and objectives. The Committee also established overall threshold, target and maximum measures of performance for the 2006 APIP. The performance measures and weightings for 2006 were total revenue (30%), earnings per share (40%) and core cash flow from operations (30%).

For 2006, the performance against the 2006 APIP goals was as follows: Total revenue was below threshold, earnings per share was at maximum and core cash flow from operations exceeded maximum.

Registrant's 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended as of 2/15/2007

Exhibit 10(e)(10)

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED FEBRUARY 15, 2007

2007 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

OF

XEROX CORPORATION

2004 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose

The purpose of the Xerox Corporation 2004 Performance Incentive Plan as set forth herein or in any amendments hereto (the “2004 Plan” or the “Plan”) is to advance the interests of Xerox Corporation (the “Company”) and to increase shareholder value by providing officers and employees of the Company, its subsidiaries and its Affiliates (as hereinafter defined) with a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of the Company and with incentives for current or future service with the Company, its subsidiaries and Affiliates. The Plan is a successor plan to (i) the Xerox Corporation 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan, (ii) the Xerox Corporation 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan, (iii) the Xerox Executive Performance Incentive Insurance Plan, (iv) the Xerox Mexicana, S.A. de C.V. Executive Rights Plan and (v) the Xerox Canada Inc. Executive Rights Plan, any or all of which may be referred to as a “Predecessor Plan”.

2. Effective Date and Term

The Plan shall be effective as of May 20, 2004, subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders at the 2004 annual meeting. No awards or grants can be made after January 1, 2008 unless terminated sooner pursuant to Section 13 by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). Effective May 20, 2004, no further awards shall be made under a Predecessor Plan, but outstanding awards under any Predecessor Plan shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions.

3. Plan Administration

(a) The independent Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other independent committee as the Board shall determine, comprised of not less than three members, shall be responsible for administering the Plan (the “Compensation Committee”). To the extent specified by the Compensation Committee, it may delegate its administrative responsibilities to a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee comprised of not less than three members (the Compensation Committee, such subcommittee, and any individual to whom powers are delegated pursuant to subsection (c), being hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”). The Committee shall be qualified to administer the Plan as contemplated by (i) Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) or any successor rule, (ii) Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder, and (c) any rules and regulations of a stock exchange on which Common Stock (as defined in Section 5) of the Company is listed.

(b) The Committee shall have full and exclusive power to interpret, construe and implement the Plan and any rules, regulations, guidelines or agreements adopted hereunder and to adopt such rules, regulations and guidelines for carrying out the Plan as it may deem necessary or proper. These powers shall include, but not be limited to, (i) determination of the type or types of awards to be granted under the Plan; (ii) determination of the terms and conditions of any awards under the Plan; (iii) determination of whether, to what extent and under what circumstances awards may be settled, paid or exercised in cash, shares, other securities, or other awards, or other property, or cancelled, forfeited or suspended; (iv) adoption of such modifications, amendments, procedures, subplans and the like as are necessary to enable participants employed in other countries in which the Company may operate to receive advantages and benefits under the Plan consistent with the laws of such countries, and consistent with the rules of the Plan; (v) subject to the rights of participants, modification, change, amendment or cancellation of any award to correct an administrative error and (vi) taking any other action the Committee

 

1


deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. All determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any award by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Company, any participant, any holder or beneficiary of any award under the Plan and any employee of the Company.

(c) Except for the power to amend the Plan as provided in Section 13 and except for determinations regarding employees who are subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act or certain key employees who are, or may become, as determined by the Committee, subject to the Code Section 162(m) compensation deductibility limit (the “Covered Employees”), and except as may otherwise be required under applicable New York Stock Exchange rules, the Committee may delegate any or all of its duties, powers and authority under the Plan pursuant to such conditions or limitations as the Committee may establish to any officer or officers of the Company. The term “Committee” herein shall include any individual exercising powers to the extent delegated pursuant to the preceding sentence.

4. Eligibility

Any employee of the Company shall be eligible to receive an award under the Plan. For purposes of this Section 4, “Company” shall include any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee (“Affiliate”). If a participant who is an employee or former employee of the Company is determined, such determination made prior to a Change in Control, not to have satisfied any of the conditions set forth in the Award Agreement the awards granted shall be cancelled as set forth in the Award Agreement. If a participant who is an employee or former employee of the Company is deemed by the Committee, in the Committee’s sole discretion exercised prior to a Change in Control, to have engaged in detrimental activity against the Company, any awards granted to such employee or former employee on or after January 1, 2006, whether or not Nonforfeitable as hereinafter defined, shall be canceled and be of no further force or effect and any payment or delivery of an award within six months prior to such detrimental activity may be rescinded. In the event of any such rescission, the participant shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized or payment received as a result of the rescinded exercise, payment or delivery, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the Committee.

5. Shares of Stock Subject to the Plan

(a) A total number of 10.0 million (10,000,000) shares of common stock1, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) shall become available for issuance under the Plan, provided that any shares issued in connection with options or SARs shall be counted against this limit as 0.6 shares for each one (1) share issued. Any shares available for grant under any Predecessor Plan on the Effective Date not subject to outstanding awards shall become available for issuance under the Plan. (As of May 20, 2004, approximately 15.7 million shares2 are expected to be available for issuance under Predecessor Plans.) Thus, the total number available for grant under the 2004 Plan is expected to be 25.7 million (25,700,000)3. In addition, any shares underlying awards outstanding on May 20, 2004 under any Predecessor Plan that are cancelled, are forfeited, or lapse shall become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

2


1

10.0 million reflects the number of shares if all grants were made in “whole value” shares (e.g., restricted stock or performance shares). If all grants were made in the form of options or SARs, the number available is 16.7 million.

 

2

15.7 million reflects the number of shares if all grants were made in “whole value” shares (e.g., restricted stock or performance shares). If all grants were made in the form of options or SARs, the number available is 26.1 million.

 

3

25.7 million reflects the number of shares if all grants were made in “whole value” shares (e.g., restricted stock or performance shares). If all grants were made in the form of options or SARs, the number available is 42.8 million.


(b) For purposes of the preceding paragraph, the following shall not be counted against shares available for issuance under the Plan: (i) payment of stock appreciation rights (“SAR”) in cash or any form other than shares and (ii) payment in shares of dividends and dividend equivalents in conjunction with outstanding awards. Any shares that are issued by the Company, and any awards that are granted by, or become obligations of, the Company, through the assumption by the Company or an affiliate of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an acquired company shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(c) In determining shares available for issuance under the Plan, any awards granted under the Plan that are cancelled, are forfeited, or lapse shall become eligible again for issuance under the Plan. In addition, shares withheld to pay taxes pursuant to Section 14, and shares tendered to exercise stock options, shall be treated as shares again eligible for issuance under the Plan.

(d) In no event, however, except as subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6, shall more than (i) 10.0 million (10,000,000) shares of Common Stock be available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options (“ISOs”) awarded under the Plan; and (ii) 15.0 million (15,000,000) shares of Common Stock be made the subject of awards under any combination of awards under Sections 7(b), 7(c) or 7(d) of the Plan to any single individual, of which no more than 10.0 million (10,000,000) may be shares of restricted stock. SARs whether paid in cash or shares of Common Stock shall be counted against the limit set forth in (ii).

(e) Any shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or of treasury shares, and no fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan. Cash may be paid in lieu of any fractional shares in payment of awards under the Plan.

6. Adjustments and Reorganizations

(a) If the Company shall at any time change the number of issued shares without new consideration to the Company (such as by stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, exchange of shares, liquidation, combination or other change in corporate structure affecting the shares) or make a distribution of cash or property which has a substantial impact on the value of issued shares (other than by normal cash dividends), such change shall be made with respect to (i) the aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the Plan; (ii) the number of shares subject to awards of a specified type or to any individual under the Plan; and/or (iii) the price per share for any outstanding stock options, SARs and other awards under the Plan.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6(a) above, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, and without affecting the number of shares reserved or available hereunder, the Committee shall authorize the issuance, continuation or assumption of outstanding stock options, SARs and other awards under the Plan or provide for other equitable adjustments after changes in the shares resulting from any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all assets, acquisition of property or stock, recapitalization, reorganization or similar occurrence in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation, upon such terms and conditions as it may deem necessary to preserve the rights of the holders of awards under the Plan.

(c) In the case of any sale of all or substantially all assets, merger, consolidation or combination of the Company with or into another corporation other than a transaction in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation and which does not result in the outstanding shares being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof (an “Acquisition”), any individual holding an outstanding award under the Plan, including any Optionee who holds an outstanding Option, shall have the right (subject to the provisions of the Plan and any limitation applicable to the award) thereafter, and for Optionees during the term of the Option upon the exercise thereof, to receive the Acquisition Consideration (as defined below) receivable upon the Acquisition by a holder of the number of applicable shares which would have been obtained upon exercise of the Option or portion thereof or obtained pursuant to the terms of the applicable award, as the case may be, immediately prior to the Acquisition. The term “Acquisition Consideration” shall

 

3


mean the kind and amount of shares of the surviving or new corporation, cash, securities, evidence of indebtedness, other property or any combination thereof receivable in respect of one share of the Company upon consummation of an Acquisition.

7. Awards

(a) The Committee shall determine the type or types of award(s) to be made to each participant under the Plan and shall approve the terms and conditions governing such awards in accordance with Section 12. Awards may include but are not limited to those listed in this Section 7. Awards may be granted singly, in combination or in tandem so that the settlement or payment of one automatically reduces or cancels the other. Awards may also be made in combination or in tandem with, in replacement of, as alternatives to, or as the payment form for, grants or rights under any other employee or compensation plan of the Company, including the plan of any acquired entity. However, under no circumstances may stock option awards be made which provide by their terms for the automatic award of additional stock options upon the exercise of such awards, including, without limitation, “reload options”.

(b) A Stock Option is a grant of a right to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock during a specified period. The purchase price of each option shall be not less than 100% of Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 10) on the effective date of grant. A Stock Option may be exercised in whole or in installments, which may be cumulative. A Stock Option may be in the form of an ISO which complies with Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder at the time of grant. The price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under a Stock Option shall be paid in full at the time of the exercise in cash or such other method as provided by the Committee at the time of grant or as provided in the form of agreement approved in accordance herewith, including tendering (either constructively or by attestation) Common Stock, surrendering a stock award valued at market value at the time of surrender, surrendering a cash award, or any combination thereof. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, a repricing of a Stock Option shall be allowed by the Committee only with the approval of the Company’s shareholders to the extent required under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. For this purpose, a “repricing” shall be defined as described in the New York Stock Exchange rules.

(c) A Stock Appreciation Right (“SAR”) is a right to receive a payment, in cash and/or Common Stock, as determined by the Committee, equal to the excess of the market value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock at the time the SAR is exercised over the Fair Market Value on the effective date of grant of the SAR as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

(d) Stock Award is an award made in stock or denominated in units of stock. All or part of any Stock Award may be subject to conditions established by the Committee, and set forth in the award agreement, which may include, but are not limited to, continuous service with the Company, achievement of specific business objectives, and other measurements of individual, business unit or Company performance. A restricted stock award made pursuant to this Section 7(d) shall be subject to a vesting schedule of no less than three (3) years unless such award is performance based, in which case vesting shall be no less than one (1) year.

(e) Cash Award may be any of the following:

(i) an annual incentive award in connection with which the Committee will establish specific performance periods (not to exceed twelve months) to provide cash awards for the purpose of motivating participants to achieve goals for the performance period. An annual incentive award shall specify the minimum, target and maximum amounts of awards for a performance period for a participant or any groups of participants, and, to the extent applicable to Covered Employees, comply with the requirements of Section 23; or

(ii) a long-term award denominated in cash with the eventual payment amount subject to future service and such other restrictions and conditions as may be established by the Committee, and as set forth in the award agreement, including, but not limited to, continuous service with the Company, achievement of specific business objectives, and other measurement of individual, business unit or Company performance; or

 

4


(iii) Cash Awards under this Section 7(e) to any single Covered Employee, including dividend equivalents in cash or shares of Common Stock payable based upon attainment of specific performance goals, may not exceed in the aggregate $10,000,000 in the case of the Chief Executive Officer and $5,000,000 in the case of any other participant, such limits being applicable to each twelve-month performance period established by the Committee under this Section 7(e) or under Section 23.

(f) The Committee shall have the discretion with respect to any award granted under the Plan to establish upon its grant conditions under which (i) the award may be later forfeited, cancelled, rescinded, suspended, withheld or otherwise limited or restricted; or (ii) gains realized by the grantee in connection with an award or an award’s exercise may be recovered; provided that such conditions and their consequences are clearly set forth in the grant agreement or other grant document and fully comply with applicable laws. These conditions may include, without limitation, actions by the participant which constitute a conflict of interest with the Company, are prejudicial to the Company’s interests, or are in violation of any non-compete agreement or obligation, any confidentiality agreement or obligation, the Company’s applicable policies, its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the participant’s terms and conditions of employment.

8. Dividends and Dividend Equivalents

The Committee may provide that awards denominated in stock earn dividends or dividend equivalents. Such dividend equivalents may be paid currently in cash or shares of Common Stock or may be credited to an account established by the Committee under the Plan in the name of the participant. In addition, dividends or dividend equivalents paid on outstanding awards or issued shares may be credited to such account rather than paid currently. Any crediting of dividends or dividend equivalents may be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee may establish, including reinvestment in additional shares or share equivalents.

9. Deferrals and Settlements

Payment of awards may be in the form of cash, stock, other awards, or in such combinations thereof as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant, and with such restrictions as it may impose. Except as provided in Section 24 herein, the Committee may also require or permit participants to elect to defer the issuance of shares or the payment of awards in cash under such rules and procedures as it may establish under the Plan. It may also provide that deferred payments include the payment or crediting of interest on the deferral amounts or the payment or crediting of dividend equivalents on deferred payments denominated in shares.

10. Fair Market Value

Fair Market Value for all purposes under the Plan shall mean, effective February 15, 2007, the closing price of Common Stock as reported in The Wall Street Journal in the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions or similar successor consolidated transactions reports for the relevant date, or if no sales of Common Stock were made on said exchange on that date, the closing price of Common Stock as reported in said composite transaction report for the preceding day on which sales of Common Stock were made on said exchange. Under no circumstances shall Fair Market Value be less than the par value of the Common Stock.

11. Transferability and Exercisability

Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11, all awards under the Plan shall be nontransferable and shall not be assignable, alienable, saleable or otherwise transferable by the participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution except pursuant to a domestic relations order entered by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Committee may provide that any award of non-qualified Stock Options may be transferable by the recipient to family members or family trusts established by the recipient. The Committee may also provide that, in the event that a participant terminates employment with the Company to assume a position with a governmental, charitable, educational or similar non-profit

 

5


institution, a third party, including but not limited to a “blind” trust, may be authorized by the Committee to act on behalf of and for the benefit of the respective participant with respect to any outstanding awards. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11, during the life of the participant, awards under the Plan shall be exercisable only by him or her except as otherwise determined by the Committee. In addition, if so permitted by the Committee, a participant may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the participant and receive any distributions under the Plan upon the death of the participant.

12. Award Agreements; Notification of Award

Awards under the Plan (other than annual incentive awards described in Section 7(e)(i)) shall be evidenced by one or more agreements approved by the Committee that set forth the terms and conditions of and limitations on an award, except that in no event shall the term of any Stock Option exceed a period of ten years from the date of its grant. The Committee need not require the execution of any such agreement by a participant in which case acceptance of the award by the respective participant will constitute agreement to the terms of the award. In the case of an annual incentive cash award, the participant shall receive notification of such award in such form as the Committee may determine.

13. Plan Amendment and Termination

(a) The Compensation Committee may amend the Plan as it deems necessary or appropriate, except that no such amendment which would cause the Plan not to comply with the requirements of (i) Code Section 162(m) with respect to performance-based compensation, (ii) the Code with respect to ISOs or (iii) the New York Business Corporation Law as in effect at the time of such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company’s shareholders. No such amendment shall adversely affect any outstanding awards under the Plan without the consent of all of the holders thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, an amendment that constitutes a “material revision”, as defined by the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, shall be submitted to the Company’s shareholders for approval. In addition, any revision that deletes or limits the scope of the provision in Section 7 prohibiting repricing of options without shareholder approval will be considered a material revision.

(c) The Board may terminate the Plan at any time. Upon termination of the Plan, no future awards may be granted, but previously-made awards shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions, and the terms of the Plan.

14. Tax Withholding

The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment of an award made under the Plan, including the delivery or vesting of shares, an amount sufficient to cover withholding required by law for any federal, state or local taxes or to take such other action as may be necessary to satisfy any such withholding obligations. The Committee may permit shares to be used to satisfy required tax withholding and such shares shall be valued at the fair market value as of the payment date of the applicable award.

15. Other Company Benefit and Compensation Programs

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, payments of awards received by participants under the Plan shall not be deemed a part of a participant’s regular, recurring compensation for purposes of calculating payments or benefits from any Company benefit plan, severance program or severance pay law of any country.

16. Unfunded Plan

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Plan shall be unfunded and shall not create (or be construed to create) a trust or a separate fund or funds. The Plan shall not establish any fiduciary relationship

 

6


between the Company and any participant or other person. To the extent any person holds any rights by virtue of a grant awarded under the Plan, such right (unless otherwise determined by the Committee) shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.

17. Future Rights

No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an award under the Plan, and no participant shall have any right by reason of the grant of any award under the Plan to continued employment by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

18. General Restriction

Each award shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any award under the Plan upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such award or the exercise payment thereof, such award may not be granted, exercised or paid in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

19. Governing Law

The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and any actions taken or relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the state of New York and applicable Federal law.

20. Successors and Assigns

The Plan shall be binding on all successors and permitted assigns of a participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of such participant’s creditors.

21. Rights as a Shareholder

A participant shall have no rights as a shareholder until he or she becomes the holder of record of Common Stock.

22. Change in Control

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the following shall apply to all awards granted and outstanding under the Plan:

(a) Definitions. Unless otherwise defined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in the award agreement at the time of the grant, the following definitions shall apply to this Section 22:

(i) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (aa) any “Person” is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; (bb) the following individuals (referred to herein as the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the directors then serving; individuals who on May 24, 2007 constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election

 

7


by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors on May 24, 2007, or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; (cc) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than (1) a merger or consolidation which results in the directors of the Company who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately before such merger or consolidation continuing to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the Company, the surviving entity or any parent thereof or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or (dd) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale. For purposes of the definition of Change in Control, Person shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the 1934 Act, as modified and used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act, except that such term shall not include Excluded Persons. “Excluded Persons” shall mean (1) the Company and its subsidiaries, (2) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (3) any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, (4) any person who becomes a beneficial owner in connection with a transaction described in sub clause (1) of clause (cc) above, (5) an underwriter temporarily holding securities of the Company pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (6) an individual, entity or group who is permitted to, and actually does, report its beneficial ownership on Schedule 13G (or any successor Schedule), provided that if any Excluded Person described in clause (6) subsequently becomes required to or does report its beneficial ownership on Schedule 13D (or any successor Schedule), then, for purposes of this definition, such individual, entity or group shall no longer be considered an Excluded Person and shall be deemed to have first acquired beneficial ownership of securities of the Company on the first date on which such individual, entity or group becomes required to or does so report on such Schedule.

(ii) “CIC Price” (aa) in the case of an award granted before February 15, 2007, shall mean the higher of (1) the highest price paid for a share of the Company’s Common Stock in the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which a Change in Control of the Company shall have occurred, or (2) the highest price paid for a share of the Company’s Common Stock during the 60-day period immediately preceding the date upon which the event constituting a Change in Control shall have occurred as reported in The Wall Street Journal in the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions or similar successor consolidated transactions reports; and (bb) in the case of an award granted on or after February 15, 2007, shall mean either (1) the highest price paid for a share of the Company’s Common Stock in the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which a Change in Control of the Company shall have occurred, or (2) if the Change in Control occurs without such a transaction or series of transactions, the closing price for a share of the Company’s Common Stock on the date immediately preceding the date upon which the event constituting a Change in Control shall have occurred as reported in The Wall Street Journal in the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions or similar successor consolidated transactions reports.

(iii) An award is “Nonforfeitable” in whole or in part to the extent that, under the terms of the Plan or the award agreement or summary under the Plan, (aa) the award is vested in whole or part, or (bb) an entitlement to present or future payment of such award in whole or part has otherwise arisen.

(iv) A “Key Employee” is identified in the following manner: There shall be identified every employee who, at any time during a 12-month period ending December 31, is one of the 50 highest paid officers of the

 

8


Company (or any member of its controlled group, as defined by Code Section 414(b)) having compensation in excess of the amount specified in Code Section 416(i)(1)(A) as indexed by Treasury guidance. Every individual so identified for any period ending December 31 is a Key Employee for the 12-month period beginning on the first April 1 following such December 31, and ending on the next March 31.

(v) A “Section 409A-Conforming Change in Control” is a Change in Control that conforms to the definition under Code Section 409A of a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, as such definition is set forth in Treasury guidance.

(vi) A “Termination for Good Reason” by a participant shall mean the termination of employment of a participant upon any of the following circumstances, if such circumstance occurs without the participant’s express written consent after a Change in Control:

(aa) The assignment of any participant’s duties inconsistent with the participant’s job status or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of a participant’s responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control of the Company (including, in the case of awards granted before February 15, 2007, without limitation, if the participant is an executive officer of the Company prior to a Change in Control, ceasing to be an executive officer of a public company);

(bb) Any of the following: (1) A reduction in a participant’s annual base salary and/or annual target bonus, (2) a failure by the Company to increase a participant’s annual base salary following a Change in Control at such periodic intervals consistent with the Company’s practice prior thereto by at least a percentage equal to the average of the percentage increases in a participant’s base salary for the three merit pay periods immediately preceding such Change in Control, or (3) the failure to increase a participant’s salary as the same may be increased from time to time for similarly situated individuals, except that this clause (bb) shall not apply to across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all similarly situated employees of the Company and all similarly situated employees of any person in control of the Company;

(cc) The Company’s requiring a participant to be based anywhere other than in the metropolitan area in which a participant was based immediately before the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with a participant’s present business travel obligations;

(dd) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any compensation or benefit plan, vacation policy or any material perquisites in which a participant participates immediately before the Change in Control, (except to the extent such plan terminates in accordance with its terms), unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan in connection with the Change in Control, or the failure by the Company to continue a participant’s participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable, both in terms of the amount of benefits provided and the level of a participant’s participation relative to other participants, than existed at the time of the Change in Control; or

(ee) The failure of the Company to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume responsibility to perform under this Plan.

(ff) A termination by a participant of employment shall not fail to be a Termination For Good Reason by participant merely because of a participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, or because a participant’s employment continued after the occurrence of any of the events listed in this subsection.

(b) Acceleration of Nonforfeitability of SARs, Stock Awards, Cash Awards, and Dividends and Dividend Equivalents.

(i) In the case of an award granted on or after February 15, 2007, all SARs, stock awards, stock options (to the extent the CIC Price exceeds the exercise price), cash awards, dividends and dividend equivalents

 

9


outstanding shall become 100% Nonforfeitable with respect to a participant upon a Termination for Good Reason or an involuntary termination of employment (other than a termination For Cause, as defined in the award agreement, according to a determination made before the Change in Control) that occurs after a Change in Control.

(ii) In the case of an award granted before February 15, 2007, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control , all SARs, stock awards, stock options (to the extent the CIC Price exceeds the exercise price), cash awards, dividends and dividend equivalents outstanding on such date shall become 100% Nonforfeitable.

(c) Payment Schedule. In accordance with the uniform payment rule set forth in subsection (c) of Section 24 hereof,

(i) Following a Change In Control that is not a Section 409A-Conforming Change in Control, awards (to the extent Nonforfeitable) shall be paid on the Vesting Date specified in the award summary, and

(ii) Following a Section 409A-Conforming Change in Control, awards to the extent Nonforfeitable) shall be paid on the earlier of (aa) termination of employment (in the case of a Key Employee, to the extent required by Section 409A, the date that is 6 months after termination of employment) or (bb) the Vesting Date specified in the award summary.

(iii) If a participant has made a valid election under Code Section 409A to defer payment beyond the Vesting Date specified in the award summary, such award shall be paid pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) by substituting the date so elected for the Vesting Date specified in the award summary.

(d) Cancellation. Upon payment under this Section, such awards and any related stock options shall be cancelled.

(e) Discretionary Awards. Upon or in anticipation of the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Committee may grant additional awards (e.g., above-target awards for performance-based Stock Awards) at its sole discretion. Any such discretionary grants shall be paid on the date specified by the terms of such grant.

(f) The amount of cash to be paid shall be determined by multiplying the number of such awards, as the case may be, by: (i) in the case of stock awards, the CIC Price; (ii) in the case of SARs, the difference between the per share strike price of the SAR and the CIC Price; (iii) in the case of cash awards where the award period, if any, has not been completed upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the pro-rata target value of such awards or such higher amount as determined by the Committee, without regard to the performance criteria, if any, applicable to such award; (iv) in the case of stock options, the difference between the exercise price of the option and the CIC Price; and (v) in the case of cash awards where the award period, if any, has been completed on or prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control: (aa) where the cash award is payable in cash, the value of such award as determined in accordance with the award agreement, and (bb) where the cash award is payable in shares of Common Stock, the CIC Price.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any SARs and any stock-based award held by an officer or director subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act which have been outstanding less than six months (or such other period as may be required by the 1934 Act) upon the occurrence of an event constituting a Change in Control shall not be paid in cash until the expiration of such period, if any, as shall be required pursuant to such Section, and the amount to be paid shall be determined by multiplying the number of SARs, stock awards, or unexercised shares under such stock options, as the case may be, by the CIC Price determined as though the event constituting the Change in Control had occurred on the first day following the end of such period.

23. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards to Covered Employees

Performance-based awards made to Covered Employees shall be made by the Committee within the time period required under Section 162(m) for the establishment of performance goals and shall specify, among other things, the performance period(s) for such award (which shall be not less than one year), the performance criteria and the performance targets. The performance criteria shall be any one or more of the following as determined by the Committee and may differ as to type of award and from one performance period to another: earnings per

 

10


share, cash flow, document processing profit, cost reduction, days sales outstanding, cash conversion cycle, cash management (including, without limitation, inventory and/or capital expenditures), total shareholder return, return on shareholders’ equity, economic value added measures, return on assets, pre-or post-currency revenue, pre-or post-currency performance profit, profit before tax, profit after tax, revenues, stock price and return on sales. Payment or vesting of awards to Covered Employees shall be contingent upon satisfaction of the performance criteria and targets as certified by the Committee by resolution of the Committee. To the extent provided at the time of an award, the Committee may in its sole discretion reduce any award to any Covered Employee to any amount, including zero. Any performance-based awards made pursuant to this Section 23 may include annual incentive awards and long-term awards.

24. Section 409A Compliance

(a) No Taxation Under Code Section 409A. It is intended that no awards under the Plan shall cause any amount to be taxable under Code Section 409A with respect to any individual. All provisions of this Plan and of any agreement, award or award summary thereunder shall be construed in a manner consistent with this intent. Any provision of and amendment to this Plan, or of any agreement, award or award summary thereunder, that would cause any amount to be taxable under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any individual is void and without effect. Any election by any participant, and any administrative action by the Committee that would cause any amount to be taxable under Section 409A of the Code with respect to any individual is void and without effect under the Plan.

(b) Election Rule. A participant may elect to defer awards under the Plan only if the election is made not later than December 31 of the year preceding the year in which the award is granted, except to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 409A and Treasury guidance thereunder (where such exceptions include but are not limited to initial deferral elections with respect to Nonforfeitable rights, deferral elections in the first year in which an employee becomes eligible to participate, and deferral elections with respect to performance-based compensation).

(c) Uniform Payment Rule

(i) All awards shall be paid on the date that is the earlier of (1) or (2) below, where

(1) is the later of (A) a Section 409A-Conforming Change in Control or (B) termination of employment (in the case of a Key Employee, to the extent required by Section 409A, the date that is 6 months after termination of employment); and

(2) is the Vesting Date specified in the award summary.

(ii) If a participant has made a valid election under Code Section 409A to defer payment beyond the Vesting Date specified in the award summary, such award shall be settled pursuant to clause (i) by substituting the date so elected for the Vesting Date specified in the award summary.

(iii) Payment pursuant to the death or disability of a participant is governed by the award agreement.

(d) Accelerations. In the case of an award that is deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A, acceleration of payment is not permitted, except that, if permitted by the Committee, acceleration of payment is permitted in order to (i) allow the participant to comply with a certificate of divestiture (within the meaning of Code Section 1043); (ii) pay payroll and withholding taxes with respect to amounts deferred, to the extent permitted by Treasury guidance; or (iii) effect any other purpose that is a permitted Code Section 409A acceleration event under Treasury guidance.

(e) Permitted Payment Delays. At the Committee’s sole discretion, payment of awards may be delayed beyond the date specified in subsection (c) under the following circumstance. The Committee reserves the right to amend an award granted on or after January 1, 2006 if the Committee determines that the deduction for such payment would be limited by Code Section 162(m), except that such payment will be made on the earliest date on which the Committee determines that such limitation no longer exists.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Restatement to be signed as of the 15th day of February, 2007.

 

XEROX CORPORATION
By:  

/S/    PATRICIA M. NAZEMETZ        

  Vice President

 

12

Annual Performance Incentive Plan 2007

Exhibit 10(e)(11)

Annual Performance Incentive Plan for 2007 (“2007 APIP”)

Under the 2007 APIP, executive officers of the Company are eligible to receive performance related cash payments. Payments are, in general, only made if annual performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) are met.

The Committee approved annual incentive opportunities for 2007, expressed as a percentage of base salary for each participating officer. Certain additional goals were established for some officers based on business unit goals and/or individual performance goals and objectives. The Committee also established overall threshold, target and maximum measures of performance for the 2007 APIP. The performance measures and weightings for 2007 are total revenue (30%), earnings per share (40%) and core cash flow from operations (30%).

Individual payments will be subject to the review and approval of the Committee following the completion of the 2007 fiscal year.

Performance Elements for 2007 Executive Long Term Incentive Program

Exhibit 10(e)(12)

2007 Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (“2007 E-LTIP”)

Under the 2007 E-LTIP, executive officers of the Company are eligible to receive performance shares based on certain performance measures established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”).

The performance elements and corresponding weights for the 2007 E-LTIP are: (i) (60%) Earnings Per Share: Diluted Earnings Per Share from Continuing Operations as reported in the Company’s audited financial statements, as adjusted on an after-tax basis for the following discretely disclosed (in either Management’s Discussion and Analysis/MD&A or the footnotes to the financial statements) items (if equal to or greater than $50 million pre-tax on an individual basis, or in the aggregate per item): gains/(losses) from litigation, regulatory matters or any changes in enacted law (including tax law); gains/(losses) from asset sales or business divestitures; restructuring and asset impairment charges; gains/(losses) resulting from acts of war, terrorism or natural disasters; the initial effect of changes in accounting principles that are included within Income from Continuing Operations; impairment of goodwill and other intangibles; gains/(losses) from the settlement of tax audits; gains/(losses) on early extinguishment of debt; non-restructuring related impairments of long-lived assets; acquisition related expenses including, but not limited to, acquired in-process research and development and integration costs; and (ii) (40%) Core Cash Flow from Operations: Net Cash provided by (used for) Operating Activities as reported in the Company’s audited financial statements, as adjusted for the following items: exclusion of net changes in finance receivables and on-lease equipment; cash flow impacts (inflows and outflows) resulting from the EPS adjustments as identified above, with the exception of cash payments for restructurings; cash payments for restructurings in excess of the amount reported as current restructuring reserves in the preceding years Annual Report; special discretionary pension fundings in excess of $50 million to prior year shall be excluded. Any other items approved by the Committee for adjustment of EPS or Core Cash Flow from Operations will be considered a modification of the award.

Form of Executive Long Term Incentive Program Award Summary under 2007 ELTIP

LOGO

Exhibit 10(e)(13)

 

Award Summary

Executive Long-Term Incentive
Program Grant (Officers)

«First_Name» «Last_Name»

Date of Agreement and Award: July 1, 2007

 


 

Value on February 15, 2007:   «Approved_Value_»

 


 

Performance Shares   
Number of Performance Shares:    «Performance_Shares_»

Vesting Date of All Performance Shares Earned:

- on 07/01/10

Performance Shares Earned if Annual Target Performance is Achieved:

- 1/3 of grant on: 7/1/08, 7/1/09 and 7/1/10

Performance Shares Earned if Three-Year Cumulative Performance between

Threshold and Maximum is Achieved:

- 25% - 150% of grant (net of shares earned for Annual Achievement) on 07/01/10

Automatic Deferral: If the deduction for delivery of shares would be limited by section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), shares will automatically be deferred until the Committee reasonably believes that the deduction will no longer be limited by section 162(m), unless otherwise required under Code section 409A. Notwithstanding the above, in no event shall shares of Common Stock be delivered prior to the Vesting Date set forth above.

 


*Notwithstanding the above, at the Company’s discretion, Employee may irrevocably elect, on or before June 30, 2007, to defer receipt of Common Stock in connection with Performance Shares in the manner described to the Employee in writing in the Deferral Form.

*Performance measures which may include, but are not limited to, continuous service with the Company, achievement of specific business objectives, and other measurements of individual, business unit or Company performance shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

XEROX CONFIDENTIAL

2007 Form of Executive Long Term Incentive Program Award Agreement
Omnibus Agreement—2007: PIP;ELTIP;PSs   Exhibit 10(e)(14)

AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO

XEROX CORPORATION

2007 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE 2004 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

AGREEMENT, by Xerox Corporation, a New York corporation (the “Company”), dated as of the date which appears as the “Date of Agreement and Award” in the Award Summary attached hereto (the “Award Summary”) in favor of the individual whose name appears on the Award Summary, an employee of the Company, one of the Company’s subsidiaries or one of its affiliates (the “Employee”).

In accordance with the provisions of the “2004 Performance Incentive Plan” and any amendments and/or restatements thereto (the “Plan”), the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”) or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”) has authorized the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

Terms used herein that are defined in the Plan or in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan or this Agreement, respectively.

The Award Summary contains the details of the awards covered by this Agreement and is incorporated herein in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration the Company agrees as follows:

AWARDS

1. Award of Performance Shares. Subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company has awarded to the Employee on the date indicated on the Award Summary the number of Performance Shares (individually, the “PS”) as shown on the Award Summary. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, only active Employees and those Employees on Short Term Disability Leave, Social Service Leave, Family Medical Leave or Paid Uniform Services Leave (pursuant to the Company’s Human Resources Policies) on the effective date of the award as shown on the Award Summary shall be eligible to receive the award.

TERMS OF THE PERFORMANCE SHARES

2. Entitlement to Shares. As soon as practicable on or after the Vesting Date indicated on the Award Summary in connection with the PSs (the “Vesting Date”), the Company shall, without transfer or issue tax to the person entitled to receive the shares, deliver to such person a certificate or certificates for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of vested PSs (subject to reduction for payment of withholding taxes as described below). The number of shares to be issued to Employee shall be reduced by the amount of withholding taxes which must be paid under U.S. Federal and, where applicable, state and local law at the time of each distribution. No fractional shares shall be issued. Instead, the Company shall apply the equivalent of any fractional share amount to Federal, and where applicable, state and local, withholding taxes.

The award of PSs covered hereby shall be earned based on achieving one hundred percent (100%) of a target on an annual basis based on certain performance measures as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee. To the extent that performance measures are achieved at or between threshold and maximum levels (as shall be determined by the Committee) on a three-year cumulative basis, an additional award of PSs will be earned, net of shares previously earned for annual achievement. The Vesting Date for earned PS awards granted shall be set forth in the Award Summary.

Upon the occurrence of an event constituting a Change in Control, all PSs and dividend equivalents outstanding on such date shall be treated pursuant to the terms set forth in the Plan. Upon payment pursuant to the terms of the Plan, such awards shall be cancelled.

 

1


3. Dividend Equivalents. The Employee shall be entitled to receive from the Company cash payments at the same time and in the same amounts that the holder of record of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of PSs covered by this Agreement would be entitled to receive as dividends on such Common Stock. Such right to cash payment on a PS covered hereby shall apply to all dividends the record date for which occurs at any time during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date that the Employee becomes a shareholder of record with respect to such share as a result of (i) the entitlement to shares on or after the Vesting Date as provided under Paragraph 2, or (ii) the date this PS otherwise terminates, whichever occurs first. Payments under this Paragraph shall be net of any required U.S. Federal, state or local withholding taxes.

4. Ownership Guidelines. Guidelines pertaining to the Employee’s required ownership of Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion at or before the making of the Award as communicated to Employee in writing at the time this Agreement is delivered to Employee.

5. Holding Requirements. The Employee must retain fifty percent (50%) of the net shares of Common Stock acquired in connection with the PSs (net of withholding tax and exercise fees) until ownership guidelines are met under Paragraph 4 hereof. Such shares shall be held in the Employee’s Smith Barney account or at another account acceptable to the Company.

If employment terminates due to the death of the Employee, such holding requirements shall cease at the date of death. If the Employee terminates for any other reason, the holding requirement will be applicable for up to a one year period following termination.

OTHER TERMS

6. Rights of a Shareholder. Employee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by this Agreement until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to him for such shares. Except as otherwise provided herein, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

7. Non-Assignability. This Agreement shall not be assignable or transferable by Employee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

8. Effect of Termination of Employment or Death.

(a) Effect on PSs. In the event the Employee

(i) voluntarily ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate for any reason other than retirement, and the PSs have not vested in accordance with Paragraph 2, the PSs shall be cancelled on the date of such voluntary termination of employment.

(ii) involuntarily ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate for any reason (including Disability), other than death or for Cause, or voluntarily ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate due to a reduction in workforce, contingent upon Employee executing a general release, which may include an agreement with respect to engagement in detrimental activity, in a form acceptable to the Company, shares will vest on a pro-rata basis for annual and three-year cumulative performance if achieved in accordance with Paragraph 2, based on the Employee’s actual months of service. For the year in which termination occurs, shares earned for that year will be calculated as follows: multiply the total award earned for that year by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of months of full service for that year and the denominator will be 12. Any shares earned for annual performance pursuant to this grant for years prior to such involuntary termination of employment and shares earned on a pro-rata basis for annual performance as described herein will be paid out as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date noted in the Award Summary. For three-year cumulative performance, vesting will be calculated as follows: multiply the total three-year cumulative award earned by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of

 

2


months of full service during the three years and the denominator will be 36, and subtract from the sum the number of shares previously earned for annual performance pursuant to this grant. Payout shall occur as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date noted in the Award Summary.

(iii) ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate by reason of death, 100% of the PSs pursuant to this grant shall vest on the date of death and the certificates for shares shall be delivered in accordance with Paragraph 7 to the personal representatives, heirs or legatees of the deceased Employee.

(iv) ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate by reason of retirement, contingent upon Employee executing a general release, which may include an agreement with respect to engagement in detrimental activity, in a form acceptable to the Company, shares will vest on a pro-rata basis for annual and three-year cumulative performance, if achieved in accordance with Paragraph 2, based on the Employee’s actual months of service. For the year in which retirement occurs, shares earned for that year will be calculated as follows: multiply the total award earned for that year by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of months of full service for that year and the denominator will be 12. Any shares earned for annual performance pursuant to this grant for years prior to retirement and shares earned on a pro-rata basis for annual performance as described herein will be paid out as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date noted in the Award Summary. For three-year cumulative performance, vesting will be calculated as follows: multiply the total three-year cumulative award earned by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of months of full service during the three years and the denominator will be 36, and subtract from the sum the number of shares previously earned for annual performance pursuant to this grant. Payout shall occur as soon as practicable following the Vesting Date noted in the Award Summary; and

(v) ceases to be an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate due to termination for Cause, the PSs shall be cancelled as provided under the Plan.

(b) Disability. Cessation of active employment due to commencement of long-term disability under the Company’s long-term disability plan shall not be deemed to constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Paragraph 8 and during the continuance of such Xerox-sponsored long-term disability plan benefits the Employee shall be deemed to continue active employment with the Company. If the Employee is terminated because the Employee has received the maximum coverage under the Xerox long-term disability plan, the vesting of PSs shall be provided pursuant to Paragraph 8 (a)(ii) above.

(c) Cause. “Cause” means (i) a violation of any of the rules, policies, procedures or guidelines of the Company, including but not limited to the Company’s Business Ethics Policy and the Proprietary Information and Conflict of Interest Agreement (ii) any conduct which qualifies for “immediate discharge” under the Company’s Human Resource Policies as in effect from time to time (iii) rendering services to a firm which engages, or engaging directly or indirectly, in any business that is competitive with the Company or represents a conflict of interest with the interests of the Company; (iv) conviction of, or entering a guilty plea with respect to, a crime whether or not connected with the Company; or (v) any other conduct determined to be injurious, detrimental or prejudicial to any interest of the Company.

9. General Restrictions. If at any time the Committee or CEO, as applicable, shall determine, in its or her discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to this Agreement upon any securities exchange or under any state or Federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the awarding of the PSs or the issue or purchase of shares hereunder, the certificates for shares may not be issued in respect of PSs in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee or CEO, as applicable, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the PSs.

10. Amendment of This Agreement. With the consent of the Employee, the Committee or CEO, as applicable, may amend this Agreement in a manner not inconsistent with the Plan.

 

3


11. Subsidiary. As used herein the term “subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as the term is defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 on the date of award.

12. Affiliate. As used herein the term “affiliate” shall mean any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee.

13. Non-engagement in Detrimental Activity Against the Company. If an Employee or former Employee of the Company is deemed by the Committee or its authorized delegate, as applicable, in the Committee’s or such delegate’s sole reasonable discretion as provided under the Plan, to have engaged in detrimental activity against the Company, any awards granted to such Employee or former Employee on or after January 1, 2006 shall be canceled and be of no further force or effect and any payment or delivery of an award within six months prior to such detrimental activity may be rescinded. In the event of any such rescission, the Employee shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized or payment received as a result of the rescinded exercise, payment or delivery, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the Committee or its delegate, as applicable.

14. Notices. Notices hereunder shall be in writing and if to the Company shall be mailed to the Company at P.O. Box 1600, 22B, Stamford, Connecticut 06904, addressed to the attention of Stock Plan Administrator, and if to the Employee shall be delivered personally or mailed to the Employee at his address as the same appears on the records of the Company.

15. Interpretation of This Agreement. The Committee or the CEO, as applicable, shall have the authority to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to take whatever administrative actions, including correction of administrative errors in the awards subject to this Agreement and in this Agreement, as the Committee or the CEO in its or her sole good faith judgment shall be determined to be advisable. All decisions, interpretations and administrative actions made by the Committee or the CEO hereunder or under the Plan shall be binding and conclusive on the Company and the Employee. In the event there is inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

16. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of the Company and to the extent provided in Paragraph 8 to the personal representatives, legatees and heirs of the Employee.

17. Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Agreement and any actions taken under or relating to this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the state of New York and applicable Federal law.

18. Separability. In case any provision in the Agreement, or in any other instrument referred to herein, shall become invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions in the Agreement, or in any other instrument referred to herein, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

19. Integration of Terms. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth on the Award Summary.

 

XEROX CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Signature

 

4

Computation of Ratio of Earnings

Exhibit 12

Xerox Corporation

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges, the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends are determined using the following applicable factors:

Earnings available for fixed charges are calculated first, by determining the sum of: (a) income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, (b) distributed equity income, (c) fixed charges, as defined below and (d) amortization of capitalized interest, if any. From this total, we subtract capitalized interest, if any.

Fixed charges are calculated as the sum of (a) interest costs (both expensed and capitalized), (b) amortization of debt expense and discount or premium relating to any indebtedness and (c) that portion of rental expense that is representative of the interest factor.

Preferred stock dividends used in the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends consist of the amount of pre-tax earnings required to cover dividends paid on our Series B convertible preferred stock and our Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock. The Series B dividends were tax deductible and, as such, were equivalent to the pre-tax earnings required to cover such dividends. The Series B convertible preferred stock was redeemed and converted to common stock as of May 27, 2004 and, as such, there were no dividends beyond such date. Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock was redeemed and converted to common stock as of July 3, 2006 and, as such, there were no dividends beyond such date.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

Fixed charges:

          

Interest expense

   $ 544     $ 557     $ 708     $ 884     $ 896  

Portion of rental expense which represents interest factor

     90       74       105       77       82  
                                        

Total Fixed charges

   $ 634     $ 631     $ 813     $ 961     $ 978  
                                        

Earnings available for fixed charges:

          

Earnings

   $ 922     $ 928     $ 1,116     $ 494     $ 158  

Adjusted for: Undistributed equity in income of affiliated companies

     (70 )     (54 )     (89 )     (37 )     (23 )

Add: Fixed charges

     634       631       813       961       978  
                                        

Total Earnings available for fixed charges

   $ 1,486     $ 1,505     $ 1,840     $ 1,418     $ 1,113  
                                        

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     2.34       2.39       2.26       1.48       1.14  
                                        

 

1


Xerox Corporation

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

Fixed charges:

          

Interest expense

   $ 544     $ 557     $ 708     $ 884     $ 896  

Portion of rental expense which represents interest factor

     90       74       105       77       82  
                                        

Total Fixed charges before preferred stock dividends pre-tax income requirements

     634       631       813       961       978  

Preferred stock dividends pre-tax income requirements

     48       94       110       90       78  
                                        

Total Combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

   $ 682     $ 725     $ 923     $ 1,051     $ 1,056  
                                        

Earnings available for fixed charges:

          

Earnings

   $ 922     $ 928     $ 1,116     $ 494     $ 158  

Adjusted for: Undistributed equity in income of affiliated companies

     (70 )     (54 )     (89 )     (37 )     (23 )

Add: Fixed charges before preferred stock dividends

     634       631       813       961       978  
                                        

Total Earnings available for fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

   $ 1,486     $ 1,505     $ 1,840     $ 1,418     $ 1,113  
                                        

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

     2.18       2.08       1.99       1.35       1.05  
                                        

 

2

Registrant's 2006 Annual Report to Shareholders

 

EXHIBIT 13

INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition

  3

Executive Overview

  3

Financial Overview

  3

Currency Impacts

  4

Summary Results

  4

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

  6

Results of Operations

  9

Segment Revenue

  9

Segment Operating Profit

  13

Gross Margins

  14

Research, Development and Engineering

  14

Selling, Administrative and General Expenses

  15

Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

  15

Other Expenses, Net

  16

Income Taxes

  17

Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates

  18

Income from Discontinued Operations

  18

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

  18

Capital Resources and Liquidity

  18

Cash Flow Analysis

  18

Customer Financing Activities and Secured Debt

  20

Liquidity, Financial Flexibility and Other Financing Activity

  22

Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments and Contingencies

  24

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

  25

Financial Risk Management

  26

Forward-Looking Statements

  26

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  27

Consolidated Statements of Income

  27

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  28

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  29

Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholders’ Equity

  30

 

1


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  

1.

   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies    31

2.

   Segment Reporting    40

3.

   Short-Term Investments    42

4.

   Receivables, Net    43

5.

   Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net    46

6.

   Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net    46

7.

   Investments in Affiliates, at Equity    47

8.

   Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net    49

9.

   Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges    50

10.

   Supplementary Financial Information    52

11.

   Debt    53

12.

   Liability to Subsidiary Trusts Issuing Preferred Securities    57

13.

   Financial Instruments    57

14.

   Employee Benefit Plans    62

15.

   Income and Other Taxes    66

16.

   Contingencies    69

17.

   Preferred Stock    77

18.

   Common Stock    78

19.

   Earnings Per Share    81

20.

   Acquisitions    82

21.

   Divestitures and Other Sales    82

22.

   Subsequent Event    83

Reports of Management

   84

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   85

Quarterly Results of Operations

   87

Five Years in Review

   88

Certifications Pursuant to Rule 13a - 14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

   89

 

2



 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition

 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is intended to help the reader understand the results of operations and financial condition of Xerox Corporation. MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes.

Throughout this document, references to “we,” “our,” the “Company” and “Xerox” refer to Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries. References to “Xerox Corporation” refer to the stand-alone parent company and do not include its subsidiaries.


Executive Overview

 

We are a technology and services enterprise and a leader in the global document market, developing, manufacturing, marketing, servicing and financing the industry’s broadest portfolio of document equipment, solutions and services. Our industry is undergoing a series of transformations from older technology light lens devices to digital systems, from black-and-white to color, and from paper documents to an increased reliance on electronic documents. We believe we are well positioned as these transformations play to our strengths and represent opportunities for future growth, since our research and development investments have been focused on digital and color offerings and our acquisitions have focused on expanding our services and software capabilities.

We operate in competitive markets and our customers demand improved solutions, such as the ability to print offset quality color documents on-demand; improved product functionality, such as the ability to print, copy, fax and scan from a single device; and lower prices for the same functionality. Customers are also increasingly demanding document services such as

consulting and assessments, managed services, imaging and hosting, and document intensive business process improvements.

We deliver advanced technology through focused investment in research and development and offset lower prices through continuous improvement of our cost base. The majority of our revenue is recurring revenue (supplies, service, paper, outsourcing and rentals), which we collectively refer to as post sale revenue. Post sale revenue is heavily dependent on the amount of equipment installed at customer locations and the utilization of those devices. As such, our critical success factors include hardware installations, which stabilize and grow our installed base of equipment at customer locations, page volume growth and higher revenue per page. Connected multifunction devices, new services and solutions are key drivers to increase equipment usage. The transition to color is the primary driver to improve revenue per page, as color documents typically require significantly more toner coverage per page than traditional black-and-white printing.


Financial Overview

 

        In 2006, we grew revenue, expanded earnings and significantly improved our overall financial condition and liquidity. Our continued investments in the growing areas of digital production and office systems, particularly with respect to color products, contributed to the majority of our equipment sales being generated from products launched in the last two years. Total revenue increased 1% over the prior year, as growth in our post sale annuities more than offset declines in equipment sales and finance income. Post sale and other revenues increased 3% as compared to prior year. Total color revenue was up 13% over the prior year reflecting our investments in this market.

We maintained our focus on cost management throughout 2006. While 2006 gross margins of 40.6% were 0.6-percentage points below 2005, we continued to more than offset lower prices with productivity improvements. Gross margins continued to be impacted by a change in overall product mix reflecting a higher proportion of sales of products with lower gross margins. We reduced selling, administrative and general (“SAG”) expenses as administrative and general expense efficiencies more than offset increased bad debt expense. We continued to invest in research and development, prioritizing our investments to the faster growing areas of the market.


 

3


 

Our 2006 balance sheet strategy focused on optimizing operating cash flows, maintaining debt levels primarily to support our customer financing operations, replacing secured debt collaterized by our finance receivables with new unsecured debt, and returning value to shareholders through acquisitions and our announced share repurchase programs. The successful implementation of this strategy in 2006 enabled us to significantly improve our financial position, return to investment grade and finish the year with a cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

 

balance of $1.5 billion. Our prospective balance sheet strategy includes: optimizing operating cash flows; maintaining our investment grade credit ratings; achieving an optimal cost of capital; rebalancing secured and unsecured debt; and effectively deploying cash to deliver and maximize long-term shareholder value. Our strategy also includes maintaining an appropriate leverage of our financing assets (finance receivables and equipment on operating leases) and an appropriate level of non-financing debt.


Currency Impacts

 

To understand the trends in the business, we believe that it is helpful to analyze the impact of changes in the translation of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on revenues and expenses. We refer to this analysis as “currency impact” or “the impact from currency”. Revenues and expenses from our Developing Markets Operations (“DMO”) are analyzed at actual exchange rates for all periods presented, since these countries generally have volatile currency and inflationary environments, and our operations in these countries have historically implemented pricing actions to recover the impact of inflation and devaluation. We do not hedge the

translation effect of revenues or expenses denominated in currencies where the local currency is the functional currency.

Approximately half of our consolidated revenues are derived from operations outside of the United States where the U.S. dollar is not the functional currency. When compared with the average of the major European currencies on a revenue-weighted basis, the U.S. dollar was unchanged in both 2006 and 2005 and 10% weaker in 2004. As a result, the foreign currency translation impact on revenue was negligible in 2006 and 2005.


Summary Results:

Revenues for the three years ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Year Ended December 31,    Percent Change  
   2006    2005    2004    2006     2005  

Equipment sales

   $ 4,457    $ 4,519    $ 4,480    (1 )%   1 %

Post sale and other revenue

     10,598      10,307      10,308    3 %   —    

Finance income

     840      875      934    (4 )%   (6 )%
                         

Total Revenue

   $ 15,895    $ 15,701    $ 15,722    1 %   —    
                         

Total Color revenue included in total revenue

   $ 5,578    $ 4,928    $ 4,188    13 %   18 %

The following presentation reconciles the above information to the revenue classifications included in our Consolidated Statements of Income:

 

(in millions)

   Year Ended December 31,  
   2006     2005     2004  

Sales

   $ 7,464     $ 7,400     $ 7,259  

Less: Supplies, paper and other sales

     (3,007 )     (2,881 )     (2,779 )
                        

Equipment sales

   $ 4,457     $ 4,519     $ 4,480  

Service, outsourcing and rentals

   $ 7,591     $ 7,426     $ 7,529  

Add: Supplies, paper and other sales

     3,007       2,881       2,779  
                        

Post sale and other revenue

   $ 10,598     $ 10,307     $ 10,308  
                        

 

4


 

Total 2006 Revenue of $15,895 million increased 1% from the prior year comparable period. There was a negligible impact from currency on total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the prior year. Total revenue included the following:

   

1% decline in equipment sales, including a benefit from currency of 1-percentage point, primarily reflecting revenue declines in Office and Production black-and-white products, which were partially offset by revenue growth from color products and growth in DMO.

   

3% growth in post sale and other revenue, including a benefit from currency of 1-percentage point, primarily reflecting growth in digital Office and Production products and DMO, offset by declines in light lens and licensing revenue.

   

13% growth in color revenue. Color revenue of $5,578 million comprised 35% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 31% for the year ended December 31, 2005.

   

4% decline in Finance income, including a benefit from currency of 1-percentage point, reflecting lower average finance receivables.

   

Overall our 2006 post-sale annuity revenue, including Post sale and other revenue and Finance income, increased 2% and comprised 72% of total revenue.

Total 2005 Revenue of $15,701 million was comparable to the prior year period. Currency impacts on total revenue were negligible for the year. Total 2005 revenue included the following:

   

1% growth in Equipment sales, including a negligible impact from currency, primarily reflecting revenue growth from color in Office and Production, low-end black-and-white office products as well as growth in DMO. These growth areas were partially offset by revenue declines in higher-end office black-and-white products, and black-and-white production products.

   

Comparable Post sale and other revenues, including a negligible impact from currency, primarily reflecting revenue growth from digital products and in DMO which were partially offset by declines in light lens.

   

6% decline in Finance income, including benefits from currency of 1-percentage points, which reflects lower finance receivables.


Net income and diluted earnings per share for the three years ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

(in millions, except share amounts)

   Year Ended December 31,
       2006            2005            2004    

Net income

   $ 1,210    $ 978    $ 859
                    

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.22    $ 0.94    $ 0.86
                    

 

2006 Net income of $1,210 million, or $1.22 per diluted share, included the following:

   

$472 million income tax benefit related to the favorable resolution of certain tax matters from the 1999-2003 IRS audit.

   

$68 million (pre-tax and after-tax) for litigation matters related to probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies.

   

$46 million tax benefit resulting from the resolution of certain tax matters associated with foreign tax audits.

   

$9 million after-tax ($13 million pre-tax) charge from the write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred debt issuance costs as a result of the termination of our 2003 Credit Facility.

   

$257 million after-tax ($385 million pre-tax) restructuring and asset impairment charges.

2005 Net income of $978 million, or $0.94 per diluted share, included the following:

   

$343 million after-tax benefit related to the finalization of the 1996-1998 IRS audit.

   

$84 million after-tax ($115 million pre-tax) charge for litigation matters relating to the MPI arbitration panel decision and probable losses for other legal matters.

   

$58 million after-tax ($93 million pre-tax) gain related to the sale of our entire equity interest in Integic Corporation (“Integic”).

   

$247 million after-tax ($366 million pre-tax) restructuring and asset impairment charges.

2004 Net income of $859 million, or $0.86 per diluted share, included the following:

   

$83 million after-tax ($109 million pre-tax) gain related to the sale of substantially all of our investment in ContentGuard Holdings, Inc. (“ContentGuard”).


 

5


 

   

$38 million after-tax pension settlement benefit from Fuji Xerox.

   

$30 million after-tax ($38 million pre-tax) gain from the sale of our investment in ScanSoft, Inc. (“ScanSoft”).

   

$57 million after-tax ($86 million pre-tax) restructuring and asset impairment charges.


Application of Critical Accounting Policies

 

In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting for the underlying transactions and balances, we apply various accounting policies. We consider the policies discussed below as critical to understanding our Consolidated Financial Statements, as their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, since financial reporting results rely on estimates of the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. Specific risks associated with these critical accounting policies are discussed throughout this MD&A, where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results. For a detailed discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Senior management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting policies, estimates and related disclosures, included herein, with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Preparation of this annual report requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions also impacted revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although actual results may differ from those estimates, we believe the estimates are reasonable and appropriate. In instances where different estimates could reasonably have been used in the current period, we have disclosed the impact on our operations of these different estimates. In certain instances, such as with respect to revenue recognition for leases, because the accounting rules are prescriptive, it would not have been possible to have reasonably used different estimates in the current period. In these instances, use of sensitivity information would not be appropriate. Changes in assumptions and estimates are reflected in the period in which they occur. The impact of such changes could be material to our results of operations and financial condition in any quarterly or annual period.

Revenue Recognition for Leases: Our accounting for leases involves specific determinations under applicable lease accounting standards, which often involve complex and prescriptive provisions. These provisions affect the timing of revenue recognition for our equipment. If the

leases qualify as sales-type capital leases, equipment revenue is recognized upon delivery or installation of the equipment as sale revenue as opposed to ratably over the lease term. The critical elements that we consider with respect to our lease accounting are the determination of the economic life and the fair value of equipment, including the residual value. For purposes of determining the economic life, we consider the most objective measure to be the original contract term, since most equipment is returned by lessees at or near the end of the contracted term. The economic life of most of our products is five years since this represents the most frequent contractual lease term for our principal products and only a small percentage of our leases are for original terms longer than five years. There is no significant after-market for our used equipment. We believe five years is representative of the period during which the equipment is expected to be economically usable, with normal service, for the purpose for which it is intended.

Revenue Recognition Under Bundled Arrangements: We sell most of our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, which typically include equipment, service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single negotiated monthly fixed price for all elements over the contractual lease term. These arrangements typically also include an incremental, variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual page volume minimums, which are often expressed in terms of price per page. Revenues under these arrangements are allocated, considering the relative fair values of the lease and non-lease deliverables included in the bundled arrangement, based upon the estimated relative fair values of each element. Lease deliverables include maintenance and executory costs, equipment and financing, while non-lease deliverables generally consist of supplies and non-maintenance services. Our revenue allocation for the lease deliverables begins by allocating revenues to the maintenance and executory costs plus profit thereon. The remaining amounts are allocated to the equipment and financing elements. We perform extensive analyses of available verifiable objective evidence of equipment fair value based on cash selling prices during the applicable period. The cash selling prices are compared to the range of


 

6


 

values included in our lease accounting systems. The range of cash selling prices must be reasonably consistent with the lease selling prices, taking into account residual values that accrue to our benefit, in order for us to determine that such lease prices are indicative of fair value. Our pricing interest rates, which are used in determining customer payments, are developed based upon a variety of factors including local prevailing rates in the marketplace and the customer’s credit history, industry and credit class. Our pricing interest rates are reassessed quarterly based on changes in local prevailing rates in the marketplace and are adjusted to the extent such rates vary by twenty-five basis points or more, cumulatively, from the last rate in effect. The pricing interest rates generally equal the implicit rates within the leases, as corroborated by our comparisons of cash to lease selling prices.

Residual Values for Equipment under Lease: Residual values represent the recorded estimated fair value of equipment as of the end of the lease. Residual values associated with equipment under sales-type leases are included as a component of our net finance receivables balance and amounted to $89 million and $87 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Residual values associated with equipment under operating leases represent the recorded estimated salvage value at the end of the lease term and are included as a component of equipment on operating leases, net and amounted to $41 million and $48 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Equipment under operating leases and similar arrangements are depreciated to estimated salvage value over their estimated useful lives.

We review residual values regularly and, when appropriate, adjust them based on estimates of expected market conditions at the end of the lease, including the impacts of future product launches, changes in remanufacturing strategies and the expected lessee behavior at the end of the lease term. Impairments to residual values occur when available information indicates that the decline in recorded value is other than temporary and we would therefore not be able to fully recover the recorded values. Impairments on residual values are recognized as losses in the period in which the estimate is changed or as a revision in depreciation estimates for sales-type leases and operating leases, respectively. We did not record any residual value impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2006. We recorded $4 million and $3 million in residual value impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Accounts and Finance Receivables Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Credit Losses: We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust credit limits based upon customer payment history and current creditworthiness. We continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience credit loss rates similar to those we have experienced in the past. Measurement of such losses requires consideration of historical loss experience, including the need to adjust for current conditions, and judgments about the probable effects of relevant observable data, including present economic conditions such as delinquency rates and financial health of specific customers. We recorded bad debt provisions of $87 million, $72 million, and $110 million in SAG expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The current level of our provision for doubtful accounts reflects improvements in customer administration, receivables aging, write-off trends, collection practices and credit approval policies.

As discussed above, in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements for the three year period ended December 31, 2006, we estimated our provision for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and customer-specific collection issues. This methodology has been consistently applied for all periods presented. During the five year period ended December 31, 2006, our allowance for doubtful accounts ranged from 3.0% to 5.2% of gross receivables. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 1-percentage point increase or decrease in the allowance from the December 31, 2006 rate of 3.0% would change the 2006 provision by approximately $110 million.

Historically, about half of the provision for doubtful accounts relates to our finance receivables portfolio. This provision is inherently more difficult to estimate than the provision for trade accounts receivable because the underlying lease portfolio has an average maturity, at any time, of approximately two to three years and contains past due billed amounts, as well as unbilled amounts. The estimated credit quality of any given customer and class of customer or geographic location can significantly change during the life of the portfolio. We consider all available information in our quarterly assessments of the adequacy of the provision for doubtful accounts.


 

7


 

Pension and Post-retirement Benefit Plan Assumptions: We sponsor pension plans in various forms in several countries covering substantially all employees who meet eligibility requirements. Post-retirement benefit plans cover primarily U.S. employees for retirement medical costs. Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases and mortality, among others. For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we utilize a calculated value approach in determining the value of the pension plan assets, as opposed to a fair market value approach. The primary difference between the two methods relates to a systematic recognition of changes in fair value over time (generally two years) versus immediate recognition of changes in fair value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is then applied to the calculated asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The calculated value approach reduces the volatility in net periodic pension cost that can result from using the fair market value approach. The difference between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets is added to, or subtracted from, any cumulative differences that arose in prior years. This amount is a component of the net actuarial (gain) loss and is subject to amortization to net periodic pension cost over the average remaining service lives of the employees participating in the pension plan.

Total actuarial losses as of December 31, 2006 were $1.6 billion, as compared to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2005. The change from December 31, 2005 relates to improved asset returns as compared to expected returns and an increase in the discount rate. The total actuarial loss will be amortized in the future, subject to offsetting gains or losses that will change the future amortization amount. We have utilized a weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets of 7.8% for 2006 expense, 8.0% for 2005 expense and 8.1% for 2004 expense, on a worldwide basis. In estimating this rate, we considered the historical returns earned by the plan assets, the rates of return expected in the future and our investment strategy and asset mix with respect to the plans’ funds. The weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets we will utilize to calculate our 2007 expense will be 7.6%.

Another significant assumption affecting our

pension and post-retirement benefit obligations and the net periodic pension and other post-retirement benefit cost is the rate that we use to discount our future anticipated benefit obligations. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled considering the timing of expected payments for plan participants. In estimating this rate, we consider rates of return on high quality fixed-income investments included in various published bond indexes, adjusted to eliminate the effects of call provisions and differences in the timing and amounts of cash outflows related to the bonds. In the U.S. and the U.K., which comprise approximately 80% of our projected benefit obligations, we consider the Moody’s Aa Corporate Bond Index and the International Index Company’s iBoxx Sterling Corporate AA Cash Bond Index, respectively in the determination of the appropriate discount rate assumptions. The weighted average rate we will utilize to measure our pension obligation as of December 31, 2006 and calculate our 2007 expense will be 5.3%, which is an increase from 5.2% used in determining 2006 expense. Assuming settlement losses in 2007 are consistent with 2006; our 2007 net periodic pension cost is expected to be approximately $50 million lower than 2006 primarily as a result of plan design changes and an increase in the discount rate.

On a consolidated basis, we recognized net periodic pension cost of $425 million, $414 million, and $421 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The costs associated with our defined contribution plans, which are included in net periodic pension cost, were $70 million, $71 million and $69 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Pension cost is included in several income statement components based on the related underlying employee costs. Pension and post-retirement benefit plan assumptions are included in Note 14 –  Employee Benefit Plans to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the discount rate would change the 2007 projected net periodic pension cost by approximately $33 million. Likewise, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the expected return on plan assets would change the 2007 projected net periodic pension cost by approximately $19 million.

Refer to Note 1 – “New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding adoption of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, on amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R).”


 

8


 

Income Taxes and Tax Valuation Allowances: We record the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We follow very specific and detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and provide necessary valuation allowances as required. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability considering historical profitability, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies. If we continue to operate at a loss in certain jurisdictions or are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to increase the valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of our deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a material adverse impact on our operating results. Conversely, if and when our operations in some jurisdictions were to become sufficiently profitable to recover previously reserved deferred tax assets, we would reduce all or a portion of the applicable valuation allowance in the period when such determination is made. This would result in an increase to reported earnings in such period. Adjustments to our valuation allowance, through (credits) charges to income tax expense, were $12 million, $(38) million, and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. There were other increases/(decreases) to our valuation allowance, including the effects of currency, of $45 million, $61 million, and $(21) million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, that did not affect income tax expense in total as there was a corresponding adjustment to deferred tax assets or other comprehensive income. Gross deferred tax assets of $3.9 billion and $3.6 billion had valuation allowances of $647 million and $590 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We plan on adopting FASB

Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” beginning January 1, 2007. The adoption of this interpretation will change the way we evaluate recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions. Refer to Note 1 – “New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the adoption of this interpretation.

We are subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions. Accordingly, we may incur additional tax expense based upon our assessment of the probable outcomes of such matters. In addition, when applicable, we adjust the previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results. Our ongoing assessments of the probable outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can materially increase or decrease our effective tax rate as well as impact our operating results.

Legal Contingencies: We are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, employment law and ERISA, as discussed in Note 16 – Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our litigation and regulatory matters using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters, which involves an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Should developments in any of these matters cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs.


Results of Operations

Segment Revenue

 

Our reportable segments are consistent with how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. Our reportable segments are Production, Office, DMO and Other. Our offerings include hardware, services, solutions

and consumable supplies. The Production segment includes black-and-white products, which operate at speeds over 90 pages per minute (“ppm”) and color products which operate at speeds over 40 ppm, excluding


 

9


 

50 ppm products with an embedded controller. Products include the Xerox iGen3® digital color production press, Xerox Nuvera™, DocuTech®, DocuPrint®, Xerox 4110™ and DocuColor® families, as well as older technology light-lens products. These products are sold predominantly through direct sales channels in North America and Europe to Fortune 1000, graphic arts, government, education and other public sector customers. The Office segment includes black-and-white products that operate at speeds up to 90 ppm, and color devices up to 40 ppm, as well as, 50 ppm color devices with an embedded controller. Products include the suite of CopyCentre®, WorkCentre®, and WorkCentre Pro digital multifunction systems, DocuColor color multifunction products, color laser, solid ink and monochrome laser desktop printers, digital and light-lens copiers and facsimile products. These products are sold through direct and indirect sales channels in North America and Europe to global, national, small and mid-size commercial customers as well as government, education and other public sector customers. The DMO segment includes our

operations in Latin America, Brazil, the Middle East, India, Eurasia, Central and Eastern Europe and Africa. This segment’s sales consist of office and production products including a large proportion of office devices and printers which operate at speeds of 11-40 ppm. Management serves and evaluates these markets on an aggregate geographic basis, rather than on a product basis. The segment classified as Other includes several units, none of which met the thresholds for separate segment reporting. This group primarily includes Xerox Supplies Business Group (predominantly paper), value-added services, Wide Format Systems, Xerox Technology Enterprises, royalty and licensing revenues, equity net income and non-allocated Corporate items. Paper sales were approximately 60% of Other segment revenues in 2006. Other segment profit includes the operating results from these entities, other less significant businesses, our equity income from Fuji Xerox, and certain costs that have not been allocated to the Production, Office and DMO segments, including non-financing interest as well as other items included in Other expenses, net.


Revenue by segment for the years ended 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Production    Office    DMO    Other    Total

2006

              

Equipment sales

   $ 1,343    $ 2,368    $ 605    $ 141    $ 4,457

Post sale and other revenue

     2,913      4,760      1,327      1,598      10,598

Finance income

     323      497      6      14      840
                                  

Total Revenue

   $ 4,579    $ 7,625    $ 1,938    $ 1,753    $ 15,895
                                  

2005

              

Equipment sales

   $ 1,368    $ 2,436    $ 558    $ 157    $ 4,519

Post sale and other revenue

     2,830      4,670      1,245      1,562      10,307

Finance income

     342      512      9      12      875
                                  

Total Revenue

   $ 4,540    $ 7,618    $ 1,812    $ 1,731    $ 15,701
                                  

2004

              

Equipment sales

   $ 1,358    $ 2,431    $ 503    $ 188    $ 4,480

Post sale and other revenue

     2,880      4,644      1,194      1,590      10,308

Finance income

     352      552      10      20      934
                                  

Total Revenue

   $ 4,590    $ 7,627    $ 1,707    $ 1,798    $ 15,722
                                  

Equipment Sales

 

Equipment sales reflect the results of our technology investments and the associated product launches as approximately two-thirds of 2006 equipment sales were generated from products launched in the past 24 months.

2006 Equipment sales of $4,457 million declined 1% from 2005 reflecting:

   

Currency benefit of 1-percentage point.

   

Growth in color products and DMO offset by declines in high-end black-and-white Production products.


 

10


 

   

Strong install activity in Color products and Office black-and-white products including, entry production color, iGen3 and office multifunction color products, were partially offset by overall price declines.

   

Growth in color equipment sales of 9%. The pace of color equipment sales growth was impacted by lower OEM color printer sales. Color sales represented approximately 45% of total equipment sales in the year ended December 31, 2006 versus 41% in the comparable prior period.

2005 Equipment sales of $4,519 million increased 1% from 2004 reflecting:

   

Negligible impact from currency.

   

Growth in lower-end office black-and-white devices, color printers, as well as office and production color systems, which more than offset declines in other monochrome office and monochrome production products.

   

Growth in color equipment sales of $329 million or 22%, from the prior comparable period. Color equipment sales represented 41% of total equipment sales versus 34% for the prior year comparable period.


Production

2006 Equipment sales declined 2% including a benefit from currency of 1-percentage point, as price declines of less than 5% were partially offset by strong color install activity. Production system install activity for 2006, included the following:

   

74% growth in installs of production color products largely driven by strong activity in the DocuColor® 240/250, DocuColor 5000 and DocuColor 7000/8000, as well as an increase in iGen3 installs.

   

Installs of production black-and-white systems were flat year-over-year. This included 16% growth in installs of black-and-white light production systems, reflecting continued success of the 4110 light production system, which was more than offset by 21% declines in installs of high-end black-and-white systems.

2005 Equipment sales increased 1% from 2004, primarily reflecting install growth with a negligible impact from currency, partially offset by price declines of approximately 5% and product mix. Production system install activity for 2005 included the following:

   

30% growth in installs of production color products largely driven by strong iGen3, DocuColor 240/250, and DocuColor 7000/8000 activity.

   

9% growth in installs of black-and-white production systems reflecting the success of the 4110 light production system, as well as growth in production publishing systems.


Office

2006 Equipment sales declined 3% including a benefit from currency of 1-percentage point, reflecting price declines of less than 10%, which more than offset the growth in office color multifunction and black-and-white products. In addition, an increased proportion of Office equipment installed under operating lease contracts are recognized in post sale revenue. Office product install activity for 2006 included the following:

   

35% install growth in office color multifunction systems.

   

8% install growth in black-and-white digital copiers and multifunction devices. Install growth was driven by 15% growth in Segments 3-5 devices (31-90 ppm) and 7% growth in Segments 1-2 devices (11-30 ppm).

   

5% decline in color printers as compared to 111% growth in the comparable 2005 periods. The decline reflects lower 2006 OEM sales.

2005 Equipment sales were comparable to 2004, including a negligible impact from currency. Strong install growth was offset by price declines of approximately 7% and product mix, which reflected an increased proportion of lower-end equipment sales. Office product install activity for 2005 included the following:

   

22% install growth in black-and-white digital copiers and multifunction devices driven by strong sales of Segments 1-2 devices (11-30 ppm), which more than offset declines of Segments 3-5 devices (31-90 ppm).

   

51% install growth in office color multifunction systems driven in part by strong sales of the DocuColor 240/250, which was announced during the second quarter of 2005.

   

111% improvement in install activity for color printers driven by OEM sales.


 

11


 

DMO

DMO Equipment sales consist of office and production products, including a large proportion of sales of Segments 1-2 office devices. Equipment sales in 2006 increased 8% from 2005, reflecting strong sales of Segments 1-2 devices, as well as install growth in light

production black-and-white and production color systems. Equipment sales in 2005 increased 11% from 2004, primarily reflecting strong growth in Eurasia and Central and Eastern Europe.


Other

2006 and 2005 Equipment sales declined 11% and 16%, respectively from prior years comparable periods, driven

by lower component sales included in value-added services offerings.


Post Sale and Other Revenue

 

Post sale revenue is largely a function of the equipment placed at customer locations, the volume of prints and copies that our customers make on that equipment and the mix of color pages, as well as associated services.

2006 Post sale and other revenues of $10,598 million grew 3% from 2005, with our growth areas (“digital office, digital production and value-added services”) collectively growing 5% and DMO growing 7%, partially offset by a 39% decline in analog light lens products. Analog revenues of $302 million represented 3% of 2006 post sale revenue compared to $494 million or 5% of 2005 post sale revenue. Color post sale and other revenue grew 16% for 2006. Color sales represented 31% of post sale and other revenue in 2006 versus 28% in 2005. In 2006, approximately 9% of our pages were printed on color devices, which is up from 7% in 2005.

2005 Post sale and other revenues of $10,307 million were comparable to the prior year period, with our growth areas (“digital office, digital production and value-added services”) collectively growing 5% and DMO growing 4%, more than offsetting a 40% decline in analog light lens products. Color post sale and other revenue grew 15% for 2005, and color sales represented 28% of post sale and other revenue in 2005 versus 24% in 2004. In 2005, approximately 7% of our pages were printed on color devices, which is up from 5% in 2004.

Production: 2006 Post sale and other revenue increased 3% from 2005, including a benefit from currency of 1-percentage point, primarily reflecting growth in color products which was partially offset by declines in revenue from high-end black-and-white digital

products and older light lens technology. 2005 post sale and other revenue declined 2% from 2004, as declines in older light lens technology were only partially offset by revenue growth from digital products.

Office: 2006 Post sale and other revenue grew 2% from 2005, including a benefit from currency of 1-percentage point, as growth in revenue from color multifunction products, black-and-white and color printers, were partially offset by declines in black-and-white multifunction and older light lens technology. 2005 post sale and other revenue increased 1% from 2004, primarily reflecting a 1-percentage point benefit from currency and growth in digital black-and-white, color printing and color multifunctional products. These positive effects were partially offset by declines in older light lens technology.

DMO: 2006 Post sale and other revenue grew 7% from 2005, driven primarily by growth in revenue from supplies, color products and services. 2005 post sale and other revenue grew 4% from 2004, reflecting growth in Eurasia and Central and Eastern Europe, more than offsetting declines in Brazil.

Other: 2006 Post sale and other revenue increased 3% from 2005, including a benefit from currency of 1-percentage point, primarily driven by increased paper sales and value-added services. Paper comprised approximately two-thirds of 2006 Other segment post sale and other revenue. 2005 post sale and other revenue declined 2% from 2004, including a negligible impact from currency, as declines in SOHO and other revenues were partially offset by growth in value-added services.


2007 Projected Revenues

Excluding currency impacts, we expect 2007 revenue to grow modestly driven by continued increases in post sale revenue. We anticipate that new launches

combined with products and applications launched during the past 2 years, and the businesses acquired in 2006, will enable us to further strengthen our market position.


 

12


 

Growth in post sale and other revenue will be driven by our success at increasing the amount of our equipment at customer locations, the volume of pages and mix of color

pages generated on that equipment, as well as growth in document management services.


Segment Operating Profit

Segment Operating profit and operating margin for the three years ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Production     Office     DMO     Other     Total  

2006

          

Operating Profit

   $ 403     $ 832     $ 124     $ 31     $ 1,390  

Operating Margin

     8.8 %     10.9 %     6.4 %     1.8 %     8.7 %

2005

          

Operating Profit

   $ 427     $ 819     $ 64     $ 151     $ 1,461  

Operating Margin

     9.4 %     10.8 %     3.5 %     8.7 %     9.3 %

2004

          

Operating Profit

   $ 511     $ 779     $ 35     $ (125 )   $ 1,200  

Operating Margin

     11.1 %     10.2 %     2.1 %     (7.0 )%     7.6 %

 

Production: 2006 Operating profit declined $24 million from 2005, reflecting reduced gross margins impacted by product mix, price declines and higher bad debt expense, partially offset by both lower R,D&E spending and selling expenses. The reduction in R,D&E reflects benefits from our platform strategy to launch new technology and lower spending related to environmental compliance activities.

2005 Operating profit declined $84 million from 2004, primarily reflecting reduced gross margins impacted by mix, and higher selling expenses, which were partially offset by improvements in G&A and R,D&E efficiencies.

Office: 2006 Operating profit increased $13 million from 2005, reflecting reduction in SAG expenses partially offset by lower gross profit. 2005 Operating profit increased $40 million primarily reflecting lower SAG, partially offset by lower gross margins impacted by mix and higher R,D&E.

DMO: 2006 Operating profit increased $60 million from 2005, reflecting higher gross profit and reduction in SAG expenses, including improvement in bad debt expenses. 2005 Operating profit increased $29 million from 2004, primarily reflecting increasing revenues and operating margin contributions from Eurasia and Central and Eastern Europe.

Other: 2006 Operating profit declined $120 million from 2005, principally due to:

   

Absence of the 2005 $93 million gain related to the sale of Integic and the 2005 $57 million interest income benefit from the finalization of the 1996-1998 Internal Revenue Service tax audit.

   

$13 million pre-tax write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred debt issuance costs associated with the termination of our 2003 Credit Facility that occurred in 2006.

   

Lower 2006 interest income of $12 million and increased non-financing interest expense of $8 million.

The above were partially offset by the following:

   

Increased paper profit due to increased sales as well as reduced SAG expenses primarily from organizational streamlining.

   

$44 million in gains on sale of assets.

2005 Operating profit increased $276 million as compared to 2004, principally due to:

   

Reduced interest expense of $157 million, primarily due to lower average debt balances.

   

Higher interest income of $63, which includes $57 million associated with the finalization of the 1996-1998 IRS audit.

   

An improvement in aggregate currency gains and losses of $68 million.

   

A gain on the sale of Integic of $93 million.

   

These items were partially offset by the absence of the $38 million pension settlement gain from Fuji Xerox in 2004, as well as the absence of the $38 million gain from the 2004 sale of our ownership interest in ScanSoft.

Refer to Note 2 – Segment Reporting in the Consolidated Financial Statements, for further discussion on our reportable segment operating revenue and operating profit.


 

13


 

Gross Margins

Gross margins by revenue classification were as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  

(in millions)

      2006             2005             2004      

Total Gross margin

  40.6 %   41.2 %   41.6 %

Sales

  35.7 %   36.6 %   37.4 %

Service, outsourcing and rentals

  43.0 %   43.3 %   43.0 %

Finance income

  63.7 %   62.7 %   63.1 %

2006 Gross margin of 40.6% decreased by 0.6-percentage points from 2005 due to product mix. Price declines of 1.4-percentage points were offset by productivity improvements and other variances of 1.4-percentage points. 2005 Gross margin of 41.2% decreased 0.4-percentage points from 2004 reflecting a decline in product mix of 1.3-percentage points reflecting a higher proportion of sales in office printers and light production systems. Price declines of 1.5-percentage points were more than offset by cost improvements of 2.3-percentage points.

2006 Sales gross margin of 35.7% decreased 0.9-percentage points from 2005 as price declines of 2.1-percentage points exceeded the combined impacts of productivity improvements, product mix and other variances of 1.2-percentage points. 2005 Sales gross margin of 36.6% decreased 0.8-percentage points from 2004 driven by product mix declines of 1.5-percentage points. Price declines of 2.2-percentage points were more than offset by cost improvements of 2.4-percentage points. Product mix reflects a higher proportion of sales of products with lower gross margins, including office printers and light production systems, and a lower proportion of sales of products with higher gross margins such as higher end office black-and-white multifunction devices and high-end production black-and-white systems.

2006 Service, outsourcing and rentals margin of 43.0% decreased 0.3-percentage points from 2005 as product mix decline of 1.3-percentage points exceeded the impact of productivity improvements, price and other variances of 1.0-percentage points. 2005 Service, outsourcing and rental margin of 43.3% increased 0.3-percentage points driven by cost improvements of 2.6-percentage points, which more than offset by prices declines of 1.1-percentage points and product mix declines of 0.9-percentage points.

2006 Finance income gross margin of 63.7% improved 1.0-percentage point and 2005 Finance income gross margin of 62.7% declined 0.4-percentage points due to changes in interest costs specific to equipment financing. Equipment financing interest is determined based on an estimated cost of funds, applied against the estimated level of debt required to support our net finance receivables. Prior to 2006, the estimated cost of funds was primarily based on our secured borrowing rates. As a result of the reduction in our level of secured borrowings, effective January 1, 2006 the estimated cost of funds is based on a blended rate for term and duration comparable to available borrowing rates for a BBB rated company as of the end of each period. This change in basis did not materially impact the calculated amount of Equipment finance interest expense and accordingly did not impact comparability between the periods. The estimated level of debt is based on an assumed 7 to 1 leverage ratio of debt/equity as compared to our average finance receivable balance during the applicable period.

Research, development and engineering (“R,D&E”) of $922 million in 2006 was $21 million lower than the prior year primarily due to lower environmental compliance spending. We expect 2007 R,D&E spending to approximate 5-6% of total revenue.

Research and development (“R&D”) of $761 million in 2006 increased from the prior year by $6 million reflecting higher expenditures in the Production and Office segments primarily related to expected 2007 product launches. We invest in technological development, particularly in color, and believe our R&D spending is sufficient to remain technologically competitive. Our R&D is strategically coordinated with that of Fuji Xerox, which invested $660 million and $720 million in R&D in 2006 and 2005, respectively. 2005 R&D expense of $755 million was $5 million lower than the prior year, primarily reflecting lower expenditures in the Production segment, which were partially offset by increased spending in the Office segment. The lower spending in the Production segment was as a result of product launches, and cost efficiencies that we captured from our platform development strategy.

Sustaining engineering costs of $161 million decreased by $27 million from the prior year, reflecting lower spending related to environmental compliance activities and maturing product platforms. Refer to Note 1 – “Basis of Presentation” in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.


 

14


 

Selling, administrative and general expenses (“SAG”) SAG expense information was as follows (in millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,   Amount Change
    2006   2005   2004   2006   2005

Total SAG expenses

  $4,008   $4,110   $4,203   $(102)   $(93)

SAG as a percentage
of revenue

  25.2%   26.2%   26.7%   (1.0)%   (0.5)%

In 2006, SAG expenses decreased primarily as a result of the following:

   

$58 million reduction in selling expenses compared to 2005 included lower marketing spending and headcount reductions.

   

$59 million reduction in general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses as the result of continued expense management initiatives, including benefits from restructuring.

   

$15 million increase in bad debt expense to $87 million for 2006.

In 2005, SAG expenses decreased primarily as a result of the following:

   

An $86 million reduction in G&A expenses due to continued expense management initiatives.

   

A $38 million decrease in bad debt expense.

   

A partially offsetting increase in selling expenses of $31 million from 2004 due to additional spending for advertising and marketing programs to support product launches and other selling expenses, as well as, special compensation payments related to the 2005 merit increase process. These increases in selling expenses were partially offset by the absence of $28 million Olympic marketing expense that occurred in 2004.

Bad debt expense included in SAG was $87 million, $72 million and $110 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The 2005 reduction in bad debt expense reflected the benefits associated with recoveries and

adjustments to the reserves, as the result of improvements in write-offs and aging. This favorable trend in write-offs, receivables aging and collections continues to be reflected in our current year bad debt expense. Bad debt expense as a percent of total revenue was 0.5%, 0.5% and 0.7% for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

For the three years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 we recorded restructuring and asset impairment charges of $385 million, $366 million and $86 million, respectively, primarily related to headcount reductions of approximately 3,400, 3,900 and 1,900 employees, respectively, across all geographies and segments. 2006 actions associated with these changes primarily include the following: technical service; service infrastructure and global back-office optimization; continued R&D efficiencies and productivity improvements; supply chain optimization to ensure, for example, alignment to our global two-tier model implementation; and selected off-shoring opportunities. Lease termination and asset impairment charges of $67 million included within these charges primarily relate to the relocation of certain manufacturing operations as well as an exit from certain leased and owned facilities. The remaining restructuring reserve balance as of December 31, 2006, for all programs was $337 million. We expect prospective annualized savings associated with the 2006 actions to be approximately $300 million, with over half of the savings expected to be in gross margin and the rest in SAG and R,D&E. Refer to Note 9 –  Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our restructuring programs.

Worldwide employment of 53,700 as of December 31, 2006 declined approximately 1,500 from December 31, 2005, primarily reflecting reductions attributable to our restructuring programs and other attrition partially offset by hiring in strategic business areas and the hiring of former contract employees in certain Latin American subsidiaries. Worldwide employment was approximately 55,200 and 58,100 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


 

15


 

Other Expenses, Net: Other expenses, net for the three years ended December 31, 2006 consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2006     2005     2004  

Non-financing interest expense

   $ 239     $ 231     $ 363  

Interest income

     (69 )     (138 )     (75 )

Gain on sales of businesses and assets

     (44 )     (97 )     (61 )

Currency losses, net

     39       5       73  

Amortization of intangible assets

     41       38       37  

Legal matters

     89       115       9  

Minorities’ interests in earnings of subsidiaries

     22       15       8  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     15       —         —    

All other expenses, net

     4       55       15  
                        

Total Other expenses, net

   $ 336     $ 224     $ 369  
                        

 

Non-financing interest expense: In 2006 non-financing interest expense increased due to higher interest rates partially offset by lower average debt balances. 2005 non-financing interest expense decreased due to lower average debt balances as a result of scheduled term debt repayments and medium-term note redemptions, as well as the full-year effect of the December 2004 Capital Trust II liability conversion.

Interest income: Interest income is derived primarily from our invested cash and cash equivalent balances and interest resulting from periodic tax settlements. In 2006, interest income decreased primarily due to:

   

Absence of $57 million of interest income associated with the 2005 settlement of the 1996-1998 IRS audit. (Refer to Note 15 – Income and Other Taxes in the Consolidated Financial Statements).

   

Lower average cash balances partially offset by higher rates of return.

In 2005, interest income increased primarily due to:

   

A $57 million increase associated with the previously disclosed settlement of the 1996-1998 IRS audit.

   

A $23 million increase primarily reflecting higher rates of return from our money market funds.

   

Partially offset by the absence of $26 million of interest income related to a 2004 domestic tax refund.

Gain on sales of businesses and assets: 2006 gain on sales of businesses and assets primarily consisted of the following:

   

$15 million on the sale of our Corporate headquarters. (Refer to Note 6 – Land, buildings and equipment, net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.)

   

$11 million on the sale of a manufacturing facility.

   

$10 million receipt from escrow of additional proceeds related to our first quarter 2005 sale of Integic. The proceeds were placed in escrow upon the sale of Integic pending completion of an indemnification period, which ended in 2006.

In 2005, gain on sales of businesses and assets primarily consist of the $93 million gain on the sale of Integic. In 2004, gains on the sale of businesses and assets primarily reflect the $38 million pre-tax gain from the sale of our ownership interest in ScanSoft, as well as, gains totaling $14 million related to the sale of certain excess land and buildings in Europe and Mexico.

Currency gains and losses: Currency gains and losses primarily result from the re-measurement of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, the cost of hedging foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, the mark-to-market of any foreign exchange contracts utilized to hedge those foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities and the mark-to-market impact of hedges of anticipated transactions, primarily future inventory purchases, for which we do not generally apply cash flow hedge accounting treatment.

In 2006, 2005 and 2004 currency losses totaled $39 million, $5 million and $73 million respectively. The 2006 increase in currency losses primarily reflected the mark-to-market of derivative contracts which are economically hedging anticipated foreign currency denominated payments. The mark-to-market losses were primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro against other currencies, in particular the Canadian Dollar, U.S. Dollar and Japanese Yen, as compared to the weakening Euro in 2005. The decrease in 2005 from 2004 was primarily due to the strengthening of the U.S. and Canadian Dollars


 

16


 

against the Euro and the Yen in 2005, as compared to the weakening U.S. Dollar in 2004, and decreased costs of hedging foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities due to lower spot/forward premiums in 2005.

Legal matters: In 2006 legal matters expenses consisted of the following:

   

$68 million for probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies – see Note 16 –  Contingencies within the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

   

$33 million associated with probable losses from various legal matters partially offset by $12 million of proceeds from the Palm litigation matter. The remaining proceeds from the Palm litigation matter of $11 million are associated with a license and are recorded in Sales as licensing revenue.

In 2005, legal matters expenses consisted of the following:

   

$102 million, including $13 million for interest expense, related to the MPI arbitration panel ruling.

   

$13 million related to other legal matters, primarily reflecting charges for probable losses on cases that have not yet been resolved.

In 2004, legal matters expenses consisted of costs associated with the resolution of legal and regulatory matters, none of which was individually material, partially offset by the adjustment of an estimate associated with a previously recorded litigation accrual.

Refer to Note 16 – Contingencies in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding litigation against the Company.

Loss on extinguishment of debt: 2006 loss of $15 million includes the $13 million write-off of remaining unamortized deferred debt issuance costs associated with the termination of our 2003 Credit Facility and a $2 million loss associated with the mortgage repayment in connection with the sale of our Corporate headquarters.

All other expenses, net: In 2006 all other expenses, net decreased due to the absence of the following 2005 items:

   

$15 million for losses sustained from Hurricane Katrina related to property damage and impaired receivables.

   

$26 million charge related to the European Union Waste Directive.


Income tax (benefits) expenses were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2006             2005             2004      

Pre-tax income

   $ 808     $ 830     $ 965  

Income tax (benefits) expenses

     (288 )     (5 )     340  

Effective tax rate

     (35.6 )%     (0.6 )%     35.2 %

 

The 2006 effective tax rate of (35.6%) was lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to:

   

Tax benefits of $518 million from the resolution of tax issues associated with domestic and foreign tax audits.

   

Tax benefits of $19 million as a result of tax law changes and tax treaty changes.

   

$11 million from the reversal of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets associated with foreign net operating loss carryforwards.

   

The geographical mix of income and related effective tax rates in those jurisdictions.

   

These benefits were partially offset by losses in certain jurisdictions where we are not providing tax benefits and continue to maintain deferred tax valuation allowances.

The 2005 effective tax rate of (0.6)% was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to:

   

Tax benefits of $253 million, associated with the finalization of the 1996-1998 IRS audit.

   

Tax benefits of $42 million primarily from the realization of foreign tax credits offset by the geographical mix of income and the related tax rates in those jurisdictions.

   

Tax benefits of $31 million from the reversal of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets associated with foreign net operating loss carryforwards. This reversal followed a re-evaluation of their future realization resulting from a refinancing of a foreign operation.

   

These impacts were partially offset by losses in certain jurisdictions where we are not providing tax benefits and continue to maintain deferred tax valuation allowances.


 

17


 

The 2004 effective tax rate of 35.2% was comparable to the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily reflecting:

   

The impact of nondeductible expenses and $20 million of unrecognized tax benefits primarily related to recurring losses in certain jurisdictions where we maintained deferred tax asset valuation allowances.

   

Partially offset by tax benefits from other foreign adjustments, including earnings taxed at different rates, tax law changes of $14 million and other items that are individually insignificant.

Our effective tax rate will change based on nonrecurring events as well as recurring factors including the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related tax rates in those jurisdictions as well as available foreign tax credits. In addition, our effective tax rate will change based on discrete or other nonrecurring events (such as audit settlements) that may not be predictable. We anticipate that our effective tax rate for 2007 will approximate 33%, excluding the effect of any discrete items.

Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates: Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates of $114 million, principally related to our 25% share of Fuji Xerox income, which increased by $16 million in 2006 as compared to 2005, primarily due to improved operational performance.

 

Income from Discontinued Operations: Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was as follows (in millions):

 

     2005    2004

Insurance Group Operations tax benefits

   $ 53    $ —  

Gain on sale of ContentGuard, net of income taxes of $26

     —        83
             

Total

   $ 53    $ 83
             

As disclosed in Note 15 – Income and Other Taxes, in June 2005 the 1996-1998 Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) audit was finalized. Of the total tax benefits realized, $53 million was attributed to our discontinued operations. In the first quarter 2004, we sold all but 2% of our 75% ownership interest in ContentGuard Inc, (“ContentGuard”) to Microsoft Corporation and Time Warner Inc. for $66 million in cash. The sale resulted in an after-tax gain of approximately $83 million ($109 million pre-tax) and reflects our recognition of cumulative operating losses. The revenues, operating results and net assets of ContentGuard were immaterial for all periods presented. ContentGuard, which was originally created out of research developed at the Xerox Palo Alto Research Center (“PARC”), licenses intellectual property and technologies related to digital rights management. During 2005, we sold our remaining interest in ContentGuard.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements: Refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective dates of adoption and the effects on results of operations and financial condition.


Capital Resources and Liquidity

Cash Flow Analysis:

The following summarizes our cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2006, as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

                        Amount Change  

(in millions)

   2006     2005     2004     2006      2005   

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 1,617     $ 1,420     $ 1,750     $ 197     $ (330 )

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (143 )     (295 )     203       152       (498 )

Net cash used in financing activities

     (1,428 )     (2,962 )     (1,293 )     1,534       (1,669 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     31       (59 )     81       90       (140 )
                                        

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     77       (1,896 )     741       1,973       (2,637 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     1,322       3,218       2,477       (1,896 )     741  
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 1,399     $ 1,322     $ 3,218     $ 77     $ (1,896 )
                                        

 

18


 

Cash, cash equivalents and Short-term investments reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements were as follows:

 

     2006    2005

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,399    $ 1,322

Short-term investments

     137      244
             

Total Cash, cash equivalents and Short-term investments

   $ 1,536    $ 1,566
             

 

For the year ended December 31, 2006, net cash provided by operating activities, increased $197 million from 2005 primarily as a result of the increased net income of $232 million, as well as the following additional items:

   

$173 million increase due to lower inventories.

   

$87 million increase due to lower net tax payments including a $34 million refund associated with the settlement of the 1999 to 2003 IRS tax audit.

   

$62 million decrease due to a lower net run-off of finance receivables.

   

$51 million decrease due to higher restructuring payments related to previously reported actions.

   

$96 million decrease due to a lower year-over-year reduction in other current and long-term assets.

   

$77 million decrease due to a reduction in other current and long-term liabilities, primarily reflecting the $106 million payment relating to the previously disclosed MPI legal matter.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, net cash provided by operating activities, decreased $330 million from 2004 primarily as a result of the following:

   

$258 million decrease due to modest growth in accounts receivable in 2005 compared to a decline in 2004.

   

$83 million decrease due to lower finance receivable run-off.

   

$124 million decrease due to higher inventory growth in 2005 compared to 2004 reflecting an increase in the number of new products.

   

Partially offsetting these items were lower tax payments of $96 million due to refunds from audit and other tax settlements, as well as, the timing of payments associated with restructuring.

   

Partially offsetting lower pension contributions of $21 million.

We expect 2007 operating cash flows in the range of $1.2 billion to $1.5 billion, as compared to $1.6 billion in 2006.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2006, net cash from investing activities increased $152 million from 2005 primarily as a result of the following:

   

$354 million due to an increase in proceeds from the net sale of short-term investments in 2006 of $107 million, as compared to the net purchases of $247 million in 2005, as 2005 represented the initial year we purchased short-term investments to supplement our investment income.

   

$77 million due to higher proceeds from the sale of our Corporate headquarters and other excess land and buildings.

   

$48 million due to higher proceeds from divestitures and investments, reflecting:

   

$122 million related to the sale of investments held by Ridge Re* in 2006.

   

$21 million distribution from the liquidation of our investment in Xerox Capital LLC in 2006.

   

$96 million of proceeds from the sale of Integic in 2005.

   

Partially offsetting these items were the following:

   

$229 million due to payments related to the acquisition of Amici, LLC and XMPie, Inc.

   

$57 million increase in capital expenditures and internal use software.

   

Lower cash generation of $42 million due to a lower net reduction of escrow and other restricted investments.

  *   In March 2006 Ridge Re, a wholly owned subsidiary included in discontinued operations, executed an agreement to complete its exit from the insurance business. As a result of this agreement and pursuant to a liquidation plan, excess cash held by Ridge Re was distributed back to the Company (Refer to Note 21 –  Divestitures and Other Sales in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information).

 

19


 

For the year ended December 31, 2005, net cash from investing activities decreased $498 million from 2004 primarily as a result of the following:

   

$247 million from the net purchases of short-term investments which were intended to increase our return on available cash.

   

Decrease of $143 million due to a lower net reduction of escrow and other restricted investments due to the 2004 renegotiation of certain secured borrowing arrangements and scheduled releases from an escrow account of supporting interest payments on our prior liability to a trust issuing preferred securities.

   

Decrease of $86 million due to lower proceeds from divestitures and investments, net reflecting:

   

2005 proceeds of $105 million primarily consisting of $96 million from the sale of our equity interest in Integic Corporation.

   

2004 proceeds of $191 million primarily consisting of $66 million from the ContentGuard sale, $79 million from the ScanSoft sale and $36 million from a preferred stock investment.

   

Decrease of $48 million due to lower proceeds from the sale of excess land and buildings.

   

Partially offsetting these items was a $15 million decrease in capital and internal use software expenditures.

We expect 2007 capital expenditures including internal use software to approximate $300 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, net cash used in financing activities decreased $1.5 billion from 2005 primarily as a result of the following:

   

$2,463 million lower usage primarily resulting from the 2005 net repayments on term and other

 

unsecured debt, of $1,187 million, as contrast to the 2006 net borrowings of term and other unsecured debt of $1,276 million. The 2006 net borrowings primarily reflect the 2016 Senior Notes borrowing of $700 million in March 2006, 2017 Senior Notes borrowing of $500 million in August 2006 and the 2009 Senior Notes borrowing of $150 million in August 2006.

   

$42 million due to higher proceeds from the issuance of common stock, resulting from increases in exercised stock options.

   

Partially offsetting these items were the following:

   

$636 million higher cash usage for the acquisition of common stock under the authorized share repurchase programs.

   

$269 million higher net repayments on secured borrowings.

   

$100 million payment of liability to Xerox Capital LLC in connection with their redemption of Canadian deferred preferred shares in February 2006.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, net cash used in financing activities increased $1.7 billion from 2004 primarily as a result of the following:

   

A $1.5 billion reduction in proceeds from new secured financings, reflecting a rebalancing of our secured and unsecured debt portfolio.

   

$433 million cash usage for the acquisition of common stock under the authorized October 2005 share repurchase program.

   

A partially offsetting $235 million decrease in net payments on term and other debt reflecting lower debt maturity obligations.


Financing Activity

 

Customer Financing Activities and Secured Debt: We provide equipment financing to the majority of our customers. Because the finance leases allow our customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of installation, we maintain a certain level of debt to support our investment in these customer finance leases. We currently fund our customer financing activity through cash generated from operations, cash on hand, capital markets offerings and third-party secured funding arrangements.

In the United States, Canada, the U.K., the Netherlands, and France, we are currently funding a

portion of our customer financing activity through secured borrowing arrangements with GE, De Lage Landen Bank (“DLL”) and Merrill Lynch. While terms and conditions vary somewhat between countries, in general these arrangements call for the financial counterparty to provide loans secured by lease originations in the country for which it has been contracted to be the funding source. Most arrangements are transacted through bankruptcy remote special purpose entities and the transfers of receivables and equipment to these entities are generally intended to be true sales at law. Under these arrangements, secured debt matches the


 

20


 

terms of the underlying finance receivables it supports, which eliminates certain significant refinancing, pricing and duration risks associated with our financing. As part of our continued objective to reduce our level of secured debt, in November 2006, we delivered notice to GE, our secured lender in the U.K., moving the final funding date for that program from June 2010 to June 2007.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, all of the lease receivables and related secured debt are consolidated in our financial statements because we are determined to be the primary beneficiary of the arrangements and frequently the counterparties have various types of recourse to us. The lease receivables sold represent the collateral for the related secured debt and are not available for general corporate purposes until the related debt is paid off. All of these arrangements are subject to usual and customary conditions of default including cross-defaults. In the remote circumstance that an event of default occurs and remains uncured, in general, the counterparty can cease providing funding for new lease originations.

Information on restricted cash that is the result of these third party secured funding arrangements is included in Note 1 – “Restricted Cash and Investments” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosure of the amounts for new funding and debt repayments are included in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

We also have arrangements in certain countries in which third party financial institutions originate lease

contracts directly with our customers. In these arrangements, we sell and transfer title to the equipment to these financial institutions and generally have no continuing ownership rights in the equipment subsequent to its sale, as such the related receivable and debt are not included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following represents our total finance assets associated with our lease or finance operations as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively:

 

     2006    2005

Total Finance receivables, net(1)

   $ 7,844    $ 7,849

Equipment on operating leases, net

     481      431
             

Total Finance Assets, net

   $ 8,325    $ 8,280
             

(1) Includes (i) billed portion of finance receivables, net, (ii) finance receivables, net and (iii) finance receivables due after one year, net as included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

Refer to Note 4 – Receivables, Net in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our third party secured funding arrangements as well as a comparison of finance receivables to our financing-related debt as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. As of December 31, 2006, approximately 31% of total finance receivables were encumbered as compared to 44% at December 31, 2005.


The following represents our aggregate debt maturity schedule as of December 31, 2006:

 

(in millions)

   Unsecured
Debt
  

Debt Secured

by Finance

Receivables

   Other
Secured
Debt
   Total
Debt
 

2007

   $ 295    $ 1,178    $ 12    $ 1,485 (1)

2008

     9      722      5      736  

2009

     1,055      109      5      1,169  

2010

     687      44      2      733  

2011

     800      6      —        806  

Thereafter

     2,212      —        4      2,216  
                             

Total

   $ 5,058    $ 2,059    $ 28    $ 7,145  
                             

(1) Quarterly secured and unsecured total debt maturities for 2007 are $215 million, $421 million, $626 million and $223 million for the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.

 

21


 

The following table summarizes our secured and unsecured debt as of December 31, 2006 and 2005:

 

(in millions)

  

2006

  

2005

Term Loan

   $ —      $ 300

Debt secured by finance receivables

     2,059      2,982

Capital leases

     28      38

Debt secured by other assets

     —        213
             

Total Secured Debt

     2,087      3,533
             

Senior Notes

     4,224      2,862

Subordinated debt

     19      19

Other Debt

     815      864
             

Total Unsecured Debt

     5,058      3,745
             

Total Debt

   $ 7,145    $ 7,278
             

At December 31, 2006, approximately 29% of total debt was secured by finance receivables and other assets compared to 49% at December 31, 2005. Consistent with our objective to rebalance the ratio of secured and unsecured debt, we expect payments on secured loans will continue to exceed proceeds from new secured loans in 2007.

Credit Facility: In April 2006, we entered into a $1.25 billion unsecured revolving credit facility including a $200 million letter of credit subfacility (the “2006 Credit Facility” or “facility”). The facility allows us to increase from time to time, with willing lenders, the overall size of the 2006 Credit Facility to an aggregate amount not to exceed $2 billion. The facility is available, without sublimit, to certain of our qualifying subsidiaries. The facility replaces our 2003 Credit Facility that was terminated upon effectiveness of the 2006 Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2006, we had outstanding letters of credit of $15 million and no borrowings under the 2006 Credit Facility. In conjunction with the 2006 Credit Facility, debt issuance costs of $5 million were deferred.

In connection with the effectiveness of the 2006 Credit Facility, we terminated the 2003 Credit Facility in April 2006 and repaid all advances outstanding thereunder, including a $300 million secured term loan, with a combination of cash on hand and proceeds from the capital markets offerings. The termination of the 2003 Credit Facility resulted in the second quarter 2006 write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred debt issuance costs of $13 million ($9 million after-tax).

Refer to Note 11 – Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our 2006 Credit Facility.

 

Liquidity, Financial Flexibility and Other Financing Activity:

Liquidity: We manage our worldwide liquidity using internal cash management practices, which are subject to (1) the statutes, regulations and practices of each of the local jurisdictions in which we operate, (2) the legal requirements of the agreements to which we are a party and (3) the policies and cooperation of the financial institutions we utilize to maintain and provide cash management services.

As of December 31, 2006, we had $1.5 billion of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, and borrowing capacity under our 2006 Credit Facility of approximately $1.235 billion. Our ability to maintain positive liquidity going forward depends on our ability to continue to generate cash from operations and access the financial markets, both of which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other market factors that are beyond our control.

Share Repurchase Programs: The board of directors has authorized programs for the repurchase of the Company’s common stock totaling $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2006. Since launching our stock buyback program in October 2005, we have repurchased 100.6 million shares, totaling approximately $1.5 billion of the $2.0 billion authorized.

Refer to Note 18 – Common Stock and Note 22 – Subsequent Event in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our share repurchase programs.

Loan Covenants and Compliance: At December 31, 2006, we were in full compliance with the covenants and other provisions of the 2006 Credit Facility, the senior notes and the Loan Agreement. Any failure to be in compliance with any material provision or covenant of the 2006 Credit Facility or the senior notes could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and operations. Failure to be in compliance with the covenants in the Loan Agreement, including the financial maintenance covenants incorporated from the 2006 Credit Facility, would result in an event of termination under the Loan Agreement and in such case General Electric Capital Corporation (“GECC”) would not be required to make further loans to us. If GECC were to make no further loans to us and assuming a similar facility was not established and that we were unable to obtain replacement financing in the public debt markets, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund our customers’ purchases of our equipment and this could materially adversely affect our results of operations. We have the right at any time to


 

22


 

prepay without penalty any loans outstanding under or terminate the 2006 Credit Facility.

Financial Instruments: Refer to Note 13 –  Financial Instruments in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our derivative financial instruments.

 

Capital Markets Offerings and Other: Refer to Note 11 – Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the 2006 issuance of our 2016 Senior Notes, 2017 Senior Notes and Floating 2009 Senior Notes, which raised aggregate net proceeds of $1.3 billion.


Credit Ratings: During 2006, Moody’s and Fitch upgraded our credit rating to investment grade. Our credit ratings as of January 30, 2007 were as follows:

 

    

Senior Unsecured

Debt

   Outlook   

Comments

Moody’s(1)

   Baa3    Positive    The Moody’s rating was upgraded from Ba1 in November 2006. The outlook remains positive since being upgraded in November 2006.

Standard & Poors (“S&P”)(2)

   BB+    Positive    The S&P rating was upgraded from BB- in March 2006 and the outlook was revised from stable to positive in January 2007.

Fitch(3)

   BBB-    Stable    The Fitch rating was upgraded from BB+ in August 2006.

(1) In November 2006, Moody’s upgraded the Senior Unsecured rating from Ba1 to Baa3, a one notch upgrade. Moody’s maintains a Positive Outlook on the credit. In conjunction with the upgrade to investment grade ratings for the senior unsecured debt, Moody’s has withdrawn all Loss Given Default assessments and Speculative Grade Liquidity ratings as they are only appropriate for non-investment grade issuers. Moody’s ratings upgrades also included: Senior unsecured shelf registration to Baa3 from Ba1; Trust preferred to Ba1 from Ba2; subordinated shelf registration to Ba1 from Ba2 and preferred shelf registration to Ba1 from Ba2.
(2) In March 2006, S&P upgraded the Senior Unsecured and Corporate Credit rating from BB- to BB+, a two notch upgrade. At the same time, S&P revised its outlook from Positive to Stable on all associated ratings, affirmed the short-term speculative-grade rating at B-1 and upgraded the ratings on Subordinated debt from B to BB- and Preferred Stock from B- to B+. As a result of the rating change, S&P removed Xerox from Credit Watch in March 2006. In January 2007, S&P revised its outlook from Stable to Positive on all associated ratings.
(3) In August 2006, Fitch upgraded its debt ratings and assigned a stable outlook on Xerox. Fitch had upgraded the senior unsecured debt of Xerox from BB+ to BBB- and also upgraded the Trust Preferred securities from BB- to BB, both one notch upgrades. In March 2006, Fitch affirmed its ratings and positive outlook on Xerox in conjunction with its 2016 Senior Notes offering. Fitch had upgraded the senior unsecured debt of Xerox from BB to BB+, and also upgraded the Trust Preferred securities from B+ to BB-, both one notch upgrades in August 2005.

 

Our credit ratings, which are periodically reviewed by major rating agencies, have substantially improved over the past three years. Even though as of January 30, 2007, our current S&P credit rating still remains below

investment grade, we expect effective implementation of our management strategies will return the company’s senior unsecured debt to investment grade by all major rating agencies in the future.


 

23


 

Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments and Contingencies: At December 31, 2006, we had the following contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments and contingencies (in millions):

 

     Year 1    Years 2-3    Years 4-5     
     2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    Thereafter

Long-term debt, including capital lease obligations(1)

   $ 1,485    $ 736    $ 1,169    $ 733    $ 806    $ 2,216

Minimum operating lease commitments(2)

     189      161      124      102      84      158

Liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities(3)

     —        —        —        —        —        624

Retiree Health Payments

     102      115      123      127      128      665

Purchase Commitments

                 

Flextronics(4)

     644      —        —        —        —        —  

EDS Contracts(5)

     277      270      132      —        —        —  

Other(6)

     39      30      30      —        —        —  
                                         

Total Contractual Cash Obligations

   $ 2,736    $ 1,312    $ 1,578    $ 962    $ 1,018    $ 3,663
                                         

(1) Refer to Note 11 – Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for interest payments by us as well as for additional information related to long-term debt (amounts above include principal portion only).
(2) Refer to Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, net to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to minimum operating lease commitments.
(3) Refer to Note 12 – Liability to Subsidiary Trusts Issuing Preferred Securities to our Consolidated Financial Statements for interest payments by us as well as for additional information related to liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities (amounts above include principal portion only).
(4) Flextronics: We outsource certain manufacturing activities to Flextronics and are currently operating under a one-year automatically renewed agreement which may expire on November 30, 2007, but is subject to automatic renewal for an additional one year period. We expect to enter into a negotiated renewal agreement in 2007 which has a term of at least three years.
(5) EDS Contracts: We have an information management contract with Electronic Data Systems Corp. (“EDS”) to provide services to us for global mainframe system processing, application maintenance and support, desktop services and helpdesk support, voice and data network management, and server management through June 30, 2009. There are no minimum payments required under the contract. We can terminate the current contract for convenience with six months notice, as defined in the contract, with no termination fee and with payment to EDS for costs incurred as of the termination date. Should we terminate the contract for convenience, we have an option to purchase the assets placed in service under the EDS contract.
(6) Other Purchase Commitments: We enter into other purchase commitments with vendors in the ordinary course of business. Our policy with respect to all purchase commitments is to record losses, if any, when they are probable and reasonably estimable. We currently do not have, nor do we anticipate, material loss contracts.

Other Commercial Commitments and Contingencies

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans: We sponsor pension and other post-retirement benefit plans that may require periodic cash contributions. Our 2006 cash fundings for these plans were $355 million for pensions and $98 million for other post-retirement plans. Our anticipated cash fundings for 2007 are approximately $130 million for defined benefit pensions and approximately $100 million for other post-retirement plans. Cash contribution requirements for our domestic tax qualified pension plans are governed by the Employment Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue Code. Cash contribution requirements for our international plans are subject to the

applicable regulations in each country. The expected 2007 pension contributions do not include contributions to the domestic tax-qualified plans because these plans currently exceed the ERISA minimum funding requirements for the plans’ 2006 plan year. However, once the January 1, 2007 actuarial valuations and projected results as of the end of the 2007 measurement year are available, the desirability of additional contributions will be assessed. Based on these results, we may voluntarily decide to contribute to these plans, even though no contribution is required. In prior years, after making this assessment, we decided to contribute $228 million and $230 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, to our domestic tax qualified plans in


 

24


 

order to make them 100% funded on a current liability basis under the ERISA funding rules. In addition, our debt ratings, which are periodically reviewed by major rating agencies, have steadily improved over the past three years. Since the rating on the Company’s senior unsecured debt has now reached investment grade, the Company will have increased flexibility when considering these funding decisions.

Our other post-retirement benefit plans are non-funded and are almost entirely related to domestic operations. Cash contributions are made each year to cover medical claims costs incurred in that year. The amounts reported in the above table as retiree health payments represent our estimated future benefit payments.

Fuji Xerox: We had product purchases from Fuji Xerox totaling $1.7 billion, $1.5 billion, and $1.1 billion in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are in the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months. We anticipate that we will purchase approximately $1.7 billion of products from Fuji Xerox in 2007. Related party transactions with Fuji Xerox are discussed in Note 7 –  Investments in Affiliates, at Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Brazil Tax and Labor Contingencies: At December 31, 2006, our Brazilian operations were involved in various litigation matters and have been the subject of numerous governmental assessments related to indirect and other taxes as well as disputes associated with former employees and contract labor. The tax matters, which comprise a significant portion of the total contingencies, principally relate to claims for taxes on the internal transfer of inventory, municipal service taxes on rentals and gross revenue taxes. We are disputing these

tax matters and intend to vigorously defend our position. Based on the opinion of legal counsel, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will materially impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The labor matters principally relate to claims made by former employees and contract labor for the equivalent payment of all social security and other related labor benefits, as well as consequential tax claims, as if they were regular employees. Following our assessment of a negative trend in recent settlements and a decision to change our legal strategy, we reassessed the probable estimated loss on these matters and, as a result, recorded an additional provision of $68 million in 2006. As of December 31, 2006, the total amounts related to the unreserved portion of the tax and labor contingencies, inclusive of any related interest, amounted to approximately $960 million, with the increase from December 31, 2005 balance of $900 million primarily related to indexation, interest and currency partially offset by the additional provision. In connection with the above proceedings, customary local regulations may require us to make escrow cash deposits or post other security of up to half of the total amount in dispute. As of December 31, 2006 we had $154 million of escrow cash deposits for matters we are disputing and there are liens on certain Brazilian assets with a net book value of $18 million and additional letters of credit of approximately $60 million. Generally, any escrowed amounts would be refundable and any liens would be removed to the extent the matters are resolved in our favor. We routinely assess all these matters as to probability of ultimately incurring a liability against our Brazilian operations and record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we assess the likelihood of an ultimate loss as probable of occurring.


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Although we generally do not utilize off-balance sheet arrangements in our operations, we enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. The nature of these lease arrangements is discussed in Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, we utilize special purpose entities (“SPEs”) in conjunction with certain financing transactions. The SPEs utilized in conjunction with these transactions are consolidated in our financial statements in accordance with applicable accounting standards. These transactions, which are

discussed further in Note 4 – Receivables, Net to the Consolidated Financial Statements, have been accounted for as secured borrowings with the debt and related assets remaining on our balance sheets. Although the obligations related to these transactions are included in our balance sheet, recourse is generally limited to the secured assets and no other assets of the Company.

Refer to Note 16 – Contingencies for further information regarding our guarantees, indemnifications and warranty liabilities.


 

25


 

Financial Risk Management

 

We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are utilized to hedge economic exposures as well as reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. Refer to Note 13 – Financial Instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on our financial risk management.

Assuming a 10% appreciation or depreciation in foreign currency exchange rates from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2006, the potential change in the fair value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities in each entity would not be significant because all material currency asset and liability exposures were economically hedged as of December 31, 2006. A 10% appreciation or depreciation of the U.S. dollar against all currencies from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2006 would have a $596 million impact on our Cumulative translation adjustment portion of equity. The amount permanently invested in foreign subsidiaries and affiliates, primarily

Xerox Limited, Fuji Xerox, Xerox Canada Inc. and Xerox do Brasil, and translated into dollars using the year-end exchange rates, was $6.0 billion at December 31, 2006.

Interest Rate Risk Management: The consolidated weighted-average interest rates related to our debt and liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities for 2006, 2005 and 2004 approximated 6.8%, 6.0%, and 5.8%, respectively. Interest expense includes the impact of our interest rate derivatives.

Virtually all customer-financing assets earn fixed rates of interest. As discussed above, a significant portion of those assets has been pledged as collateral for secured financing arrangements and the interest rates on a significant portion of those loans are fixed.

As of December 31, 2006, approximately $2.2 billion of our debt and liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities carried variable interest rates, including the effect of pay-variable interest rate swaps we are utilizing with the intent to reduce the effective interest rate on our debt.

The fair market values of our fixed-rate financial instruments are sensitive to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2006, a 10% change in market interest rates would change the fair values of such financial instruments by approximately $233 million.


Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect management’s current beliefs, assumptions and expectations and are

subject to a number of factors that may cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these factors is included in our 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements, except as required by law.


 

26



 

XEROX CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     Year ended December 31,

(in millions, except per-share data)

   2006     2005     2004

Revenues

      

Sales

   $ 7,464     $ 7,400     $ 7,259

Service, outsourcing and rentals

     7,591       7,426       7,529

Finance income

     840       875       934
                      

Total Revenues

     15,895       15,701       15,722

Costs and Expenses

      

Cost of sales

     4,803       4,695       4,545

Cost of service, outsourcing and rentals

     4,328       4,207       4,295

Equipment financing interest

     305       326       345

Research, development and engineering expenses

     922       943       914

Selling, administrative and general expenses

     4,008       4,110       4,203

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

     385       366       86

Other expenses, net

     336       224       369
                      

Total Costs and Expenses

     15,087       14,871       14,757

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes, Equity Income, Discontinued Operations and Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

     808       830       965

Income tax (benefits) expenses

     (288 )     (5 )     340

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

     114       98       151
                      

Income from Continuing Operations before Discontinued Operations and Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

     1,210       933       776

Income from Discontinued Operations, net of tax

     —         53       83

Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle, net of tax

     —         (8 )     —  
                      

Net Income

   $ 1,210     $ 978     $ 859
                      

Basic Earnings per Share

      

Income from Continuing Operations

   $ 1.25     $ 0.91     $ 0.84

Basic Earnings per Share

   $ 1.25     $ 0.96     $ 0.94

Diluted Earnings per Share

      

Income from Continuing Operations

   $ 1.22     $ 0.90     $ 0.78

Diluted Earnings per Share

   $ 1.22     $ 0.94     $ 0.86

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

27



 

XEROX CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  

(in millions, except share data in thousands)

   2006     2005  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,399     $ 1,322  

Short-term investments

     137       244  
                

Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

     1,536       1,566  

Accounts receivable, net

     2,199       2,037  

Billed portion of finance receivables, net

     273       296  

Finance receivables, net

     2,649       2,604  

Inventories

     1,163       1,201  

Other current assets

     934       1,032  
                

Total current assets

     8,754       8,736  

Finance receivables due after one year, net

     4,922       4,949  

Equipment on operating leases, net

     481       431  

Land, buildings and equipment, net

     1,527       1,627  

Investments in affiliates, at equity

     874       782  

Intangible assets, net

     286       289  

Goodwill

     2,024       1,671  

Deferred tax assets, long-term

     1,790       1,547  

Other long-term assets

     1,051       1,921  
                

Total Assets

   $ 21,709     $ 21,953  
                

Liabilities and Equity

    

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

   $ 1,485     $ 1,139  

Accounts payable

     1,133       1,043  

Accrued compensation and benefits costs

     663       621  

Other current liabilities

     1,417       1,543  
                

Total current liabilities

     4,698       4,346  

Long-term debt

     5,660       6,139  

Liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities

     624       626  

Pension and other benefit liabilities

     1,336       1,151  

Post-retirement medical benefits

     1,490       1,188  

Other long-term liabilities

     821       1,295  
                

Total liabilities

     14,629       14,745  

Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock

     —         889  

Common stock, including additional paid-in-capital

     4,666       4,741  

Treasury stock, at cost

     (141 )     (203 )

Retained earnings

     4,202       3,021  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,647 )     (1,240 )
                

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 21,709     $ 21,953  
                

Shares of common stock issued

     954,568       945,106  

Treasury stock

     (8,363 )     (13,917 )
                

Shares of common stock outstanding

     946,205       931,189  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

28



 

XEROX CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

      2006             2005             2004      

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

     

Net income

  $ 1,210     $ 978     $ 859  

Adjustments required to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    636       641       688  

Provisions for receivables and inventory

    145       107       159  

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

    99       (15 )     155  

Net gain on sales of businesses and assets

    (44 )     (97 )     (61 )

Undistributed equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

    (70 )     (54 )     (89 )

Income from discontinued operations

    —         (53 )     (83 )

Stock-based compensation

    64       40       22  

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

    385       366       86  

Cash payments for restructurings

    (265 )     (214 )     (187 )

Contributions to pension benefit plans

    (355 )     (388 )     (409 )

Decrease (increase) in inventories

    11       (162 )     (38 )

Increase in equipment on operating leases

    (271 )     (248 )     (234 )

Decrease in finance receivables

    192       254       337  

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable and billed portion of finance receivables

    (30 )     (34 )     224  

Decrease in other current and long-term assets

    64       160       107  

Increase in accounts payable and accrued compensation

    330       313       333  

Net change in income tax assets and liabilities

    (459 )     (211 )     (68 )

Net change in derivative assets and liabilities

    9       38       (23 )

(Decrease) increase in other current and long-term liabilities

    (70 )     7       (79 )

Other, net

    36       (8 )     51  
                       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    1,617       1,420       1,750  
                       

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

     

Purchases of short-term investments

    (162 )     (386 )     —    

Proceeds from sales of short-term investments

    269       139       —    

Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment

    (215 )     (181 )     (204 )

Proceeds from sales of land, buildings and equipment

    82       5       53  

Cost of additions to internal use software

    (79 )     (56 )     (48 )

Proceeds from divestitures and investments, net

    153       105       191  

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (229 )     (1 )     (12 )

Net change in escrow and other restricted investments

    38       80       223  
                       

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (143 )     (295 )     203  
                       

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

     

Cash proceeds from new secured financings

    121       557       2,061  

Debt payments on secured financings

    (1,712 )     (1,879 )     (1,906 )

Net cash proceeds (payments) on other debt

    1,276       (1,187 )     (1,422 )

Payments of liability to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities

    (100 )     —         —    

Preferred stock dividends

    (43 )     (58 )     (83 )

Proceeds from issuances of common stock

    82       40       73  

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

    25       —         —    

Payments to acquire treasury stock

    (1,069 )     (433 )     —    

Other

    (8 )     (2 )     (16 )
                       

Net cash used in financing activities

    (1,428 )     (2,962 )     (1,293 )
                       

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    31       (59 )     81  
                       

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    77       (1,896 )     741  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    1,322       3,218       2,477  
                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 1,399     $ 1,322     $ 3,218  
                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

29



 

XEROX CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(in millions, except share data in thousands)

  Common
Stock
Shares
    Common
Stock
Amount
    Additional
Paid-In-
Capital
    Treasury
Stock
Shares
    Treasury
Stock
Amount
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss(1)
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2003

  793,884     $ 794     $ 2,445     —         —       $ 1,315     $ (1,263 )   $ 3,291  
                                                           

Net income

              859         859  

Translation adjustments

                453       453  

Minimum pension liability

                86       86  

Other unrealized gains

                4       4  

Other realized gains

                (18 )     (18 )
                     

Comprehensive income

                $ 1,384  
                     

Stock option and incentive plans, net

  11,433       11       111               122  

Series B convertible preferred stock conversion

  37,040       37       446               483  

Series B convertible preferred stock dividends ($2.54 per share)

              (15 )       (15 )

Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock dividends ($6.25 per share)

              (58 )       (58 )

Conversion of liability to subsidiary trust

  113,415       113       922               1,035  

Other

  225       1       1               2  
                                                           

Balance at December 31, 2004

  955,997     $ 956     $ 3,925     —         —       $ 2,101     $ (738 )   $ 6,244  
                                                           

Net income

              978         978  

Translation adjustments

                (493 )     (493 )

Minimum pension liability

                (6 )     (6 )

Other unrealized losses

                (3 )     (3 )
                     

Comprehensive income

                $ 476  
                     

Stock option and incentive plans, net

  5,548       6       84               90  

Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock dividends ($6.25 per share)

              (58 )       (58 )

Payments to acquire treasury stock

        (30,502 )     (433 )         (433 )

Cancellation of treasury stock

  (16,585 )     (17 )     (213 )   16,585       230           —    

Other

  146                   —    
                                                           

Balance at December 31, 2005

  945,106     $ 945     $ 3,796     (13,917 )   $ (203 )   $ 3,021     $ (1,240 )   $ 6,319  
                                                           

Net income

              1,210         1,210  

Translation adjustments

                485       485  

Minimum pension liability

                131       131  

Other unrealized gains

                1       1  
                     

Comprehensive income

                $ 1,827  
                     

Adjustment to initially apply FAS No. 158, net (Refer to Note 1)

                (1,024 )     (1,024 )

Stock option and incentive plans, net

  10,256       11       156               167  

Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock dividends ($6.25 per share)

              (29 )       (29 )

Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock conversion

  74,797       75       814               889  

Payments to acquire treasury stock

        (70,111 )     (1,069 )         (1,069 )

Cancellation of treasury stock

  (75,665 )     (75 )     (1,056 )   75,665       1,131           —    

Other

  74                   —    
                                                           

Balance at December 31, 2006

  954,568     $ 956     $ 3,710     (8,363 )   $ (141 )   $ 4,202     $ (1,647 )   $ 7,080  
                                                           

(1) As of December 31, 2006, Accumulated other comprehensive loss is composed of cumulative translation adjustments of $(532), other unrealized gains of $2, benefit plans net unfunded status of $(1,097) and Fuji Xerox’s minimum pension liabilities of $(20).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

30


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

References herein to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” and Xerox refer to Xerox Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries unless the context specifically requires otherwise.

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation: We are a technology and services enterprise and a leader in the global document market, developing, manufacturing, marketing, servicing and financing a complete range of document equipment, solutions and services. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial information to conform to the current year presentation.

Basis of Consolidation: The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Xerox Corporation and all of our controlled subsidiary companies. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in business entities in which we do not have control, but we have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies (generally 20% to 50% ownership), are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Upon the sale of stock of a subsidiary, we recognize a gain or loss in our Consolidated Statements of Income equal to our proportionate share of the corresponding increase or decrease in that subsidiary’s equity. Operating results of acquired businesses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of acquisition.

We consolidate variable interest entities if we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the entity. Operating results for variable interest entities in which we are determined to be the primary beneficiary are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date such determination is made.

For convenience and ease of reference, we refer to the financial statement caption “Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes, Equity Income, Discontinued Operations and Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle” as “pre-tax income,” throughout the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to: (i) allocation of revenues and fair values in leases and other multiple element arrangements; (ii) accounting for residual values; (iii) economic lives of leased assets; (iv) allowance for doubtful accounts; (v) inventory valuation; (vi) restructuring and related charges; (vii) asset impairments; (viii) depreciable lives of assets; (ix) useful lives of intangible assets; (x) pension and post-retirement benefit plans; (xi) income tax reserves and valuation allowances and (xii) contingency and litigation reserves. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty; accordingly, our accounting estimates require the exercise of judgment. The accounting estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


 

31


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The following table summarizes certain significant charges that require management estimates:

 

     Year ended December 31,

(in millions)

       2006            2005             2004    

Restructuring provisions and asset impairments

   $ 385    $ 366     $ 86

Amortization of intangible assets

     45      42       38

Provisions for receivables

     76      51       86

Provisions for obsolete and excess inventory

     69      56       73

Provisions for litigation and regulatory matters

     89      115       9

Depreciation and obsolescence of equipment on operating leases

     230      205       210

Depreciation of buildings and equipment

     277      280       305

Amortization of capitalized software

     84      114       134

Pension benefits – net periodic benefit cost

     355      343       350

Other post-retirement benefits – net periodic benefit cost

     117      117       111

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance provisions

     12      (38 )     12

 

Changes in Estimates: In the ordinary course of accounting for items discussed above, we make changes in estimates as appropriate, and as we become aware of circumstances surrounding those estimates. Such changes and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected

in reported results of operations in the period in which the changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes:

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” (“FAS 158”). FAS 158 requires the recognition of an asset or liability for the funded status of defined pension and other postretirement benefit plans in the statement of financial position of the sponsoring entity. The funded status of a benefit plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation. For a defined benefit pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation or PBO; for any other defined benefit postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. The initial incremental recognition of the funded status under FAS 158 of our defined pension and other post retirement benefit plans, as well as subsequent changes in our funded status that are not included in net periodic benefit cost will be reflected in shareholders’ equity and other comprehensive loss, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, the net unfunded status of our benefit plans was $2,842 and recognition of this status upon the adoption of FAS 158

resulted in an after-tax charge to equity of $1,024. Prior to the adoption of FAS 158, we recorded an after-tax credit to our minimum pension liability of $(131), for a total equity charge in 2006 related to the funded status of our benefit plans of $893. Amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss are adjusted as they are subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. The method of calculating net periodic benefit cost will not change from existing guidance. FAS 158 also prescribes enhanced disclosures, including current and long-term components of plan assets and liabilities, as well as amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss that will subsequently be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost in the following year. Refer to Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans for additional information.

The funded status recognition and certain disclosure provisions of FAS 158 are effective as of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2006. Retrospective application of FAS 158 is not permitted. FAS 158 also requires the consistent measurement of plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of our fiscal year-end statement of financial position effective for the year ending


 

32


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

December 31, 2008, with early adoption permitted. Since several of our international plans currently have a September 30th measurement date, this standard will require us to change, in 2008, that measurement date to December 31st. At this time, we do not anticipate early adoption of this requirement. FAS 158 is not effective for

our equity investment in Fuji Xerox until its annual year-end of March 31, 2007. Upon Fuji Xerox’s adoption, we will record our share of their after-tax charge to equity which we currently estimate at $60. The adoption of this standard is not expected to impact financial covenant compliance included in our debt agreements.


The following represents the effect of FAS 158 adoption within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006:

 

    

Before Application

of FAS 158

   

Adjustments

Increase/(Decrease)

   

After Application

of FAS 158

 

Other current assets

   $ 923     $ 11     $ 934  

Total current assets

     8,743       11       8,754  

Deferred tax assets, long-term

     1,446       344       1,790  

Other long-term assets

     2,048       (997 )     1,051  

Total Assets

     22,351       (642 )     21,709  

Pension and other benefit liabilities

     1,120       216       1,336  

Post-retirement medical benefits

     1,205       285       1,490  

Other long-term liabilities

     940       (119 )     821  

Total Liabilities

     14,247       382       14,629  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (623 )     (1,024 )     (1,647 )

Total Liabilities and Equity

     22,351       (642 )     21,709  

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“FAS 157”). FAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a market-based framework or hierarchy for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 is applicable whenever another accounting pronouncement requires or permits assets and liabilities to be measured at fair value. FAS 157 does not expand or require any new fair value measures, however the application of this statement may change current practice. The requirements of FAS 157 are effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2008. We are in the process of evaluating this guidance and therefore have not yet determined the impact that FAS 157 will have on our financial statements upon adoption.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in

income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold for a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return that is required to be met before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The requirements of FIN 48 are effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. At this stage, we do not believe the adoption of FIN 48 will have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. However, the FASB has indicated that they expect to issue additional FIN 48 implementation guidance regarding the ultimate settlement of a tax audit, which may impact the timing of certain liability adjustments. Accordingly, such guidance may impact the amount we would record upon adoption of this statement. We continue to evaluate the effects of adopting this standard.


 

33


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

In June 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus reached on EITF Issue No. 06-03, “How Sales Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (that is, Gross Versus Net Presentation)” (“EITF 06-03”). The EITF reached a consensus that the presentation of taxes on either a gross or net basis is an accounting policy decision that requires disclosure. EITF 06-03 is effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. Sales tax amounts collected from customers have been recorded on a net basis. The adoption of EITF 06-03 will not have any effect on our financial position or results of operations.

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” (“FAS 155”), which amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“FAS 133”) and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities” (“FAS 140”). FAS 155 provides guidance to simplify the accounting for certain hybrid instruments by permitting fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative, as well as, clarifies that beneficial interests in securitized financial assets are subject to FAS 133. In addition, FAS 155 eliminates a restriction on the passive derivative instruments that a qualifying special-purpose entity may hold under FAS 140. FAS 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired, issued or subject to a new basis occurring after the start of our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. We believe that the adoption of this statement will not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

In March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143” (“FIN 47”). FIN 47 requires an entity to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value can be reasonably estimated. A conditional asset retirement obligation is a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing or method of settlement are conditional upon a future event that may or may not be within control of the entity. The adoption of

FIN 47 in 2005 resulted in an after-tax charge of $8 ($12 pre-tax) and was recorded as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. This charge represented conditional asset retirement obligations associated with leased facilities where we are required to remove certain leasehold improvements and restore the facility to its original condition at lease termination.

Stock-Based Compensation: In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123(R)”), which requires companies to recognize compensation expense using a fair value based method for costs related to all share-based payments, including stock options. On January 1, 2006, we adopted FAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method and therefore we did not restate the results of prior periods. Prior to the adoption of FAS 123(R), under previous accounting guidance, we did not expense stock options, as there was no intrinsic value associated with the options granted because the exercise price was set equal to the market price at the date of grant. The adoption of FAS 123(R) was immaterial to our results of operations primarily as a result of changes made in our stock-based compensation programs in 2005 as well as the accelerated vesting of substantially all outstanding unvested stock options prior to the adoption of FAS 123(R).

In January 2005, we implemented changes in our stock-based compensation programs that included expanded use of restricted stock grants with time- and performance-based restrictions in lieu of stock options. Prior to this change, our stock-based compensation programs primarily consisted of stock option grants. These new restricted stock awards are reflected as compensation expense in our results of operations in both 2005 and 2006 and the adoption of FAS 123(R) did not materially affect the expense recognized for these awards.

In May 2005, we accelerated the vesting of approximately 3.6 million stock options granted in 2004 that would have been scheduled to vest on January 1, 2007, to December 31, 2005. The accelerated vesting resulted in substantially all outstanding stock options being vested at the date of the adoption of FAS 123(R). The primary purpose of this accelerated vesting was to reduce our pre-tax compensation expense in 2006 by approximately $31 or $0.02 per diluted share.


 

34


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Stock-based compensation expense for the three years ended December 31, 2006 was as follows (in millions):

 

     2006    2005    2004

Stock-based compensation expense, pre-tax

   $ 64    $ 40    $ 22

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

     39      25      13

FAS 123(R) requires that the cash flows from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for stock-based awards (excess tax benefits) be classified as financing cash flows. Prior to the adoption of FAS 123(R), such excess tax benefits were presented as operating cash flows. Accordingly, $25 excess tax benefits has been classified as

a financing cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2006 in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Such excess tax benefits amounted to $12 and $23 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively and are included in operating cash flows.

Prior to January 1, 2006, in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” we did not recognize compensation expense relating to employee stock options because the exercise price was equal to the market price at the date of grant. If we had elected to recognize compensation expense using a fair value approach as required by FAS 123(R), and therefore determined the compensation based on the value as determined by the modified Black-Scholes option pricing model, our pro forma income and earnings per share would have been as follows:


(in millions, except per share data)

   2005     2004  

Net income – as reported

   $ 978     $ 859  

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of tax

     25       13  

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of tax

     (113 )     (82 )
                

Net income – pro forma

   $ 890     $ 790  
                

Basic EPS – as reported

   $ 0.96     $ 0.94  

Basic EPS – pro forma

     0.87       0.86  

Diluted EPS – as reported

   $ 0.94     $ 0.86  

Diluted EPS – pro forma

     0.85       0.80  

 

The weighted-average fair value of options granted in 2004 was $8.38. The 2004 fair values were estimated on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 3.2%; expected life

of 5.7 years; expected price volatility of 66.5%; and no expected dividend yield.

Refer to Note 18 – Common Stock for additional disclosures regarding our stock compensation programs.


Summary of Accounting Policies:

 

Revenue Recognition: We generate revenue through the sale and rental of equipment, service and supplies and income associated with the financing of our equipment sales. Revenue is recognized when earned. More specifically, revenue related to sales of our products and services is recognized as follows:

Equipment: Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from sales-type leases, are recognized at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as appropriate. For equipment sales that require us to install the product at the customer location, revenue is recognized when the equipment has been delivered to and

installed at the customer location. Sales of customer installable products are recognized upon shipment or receipt by the customer according to the customer’s shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the operating lease method and are recognized as earned over the lease term, which is generally on a straight-line basis.

Service: Service revenues are derived primarily from maintenance contracts on our equipment sold to customers and are recognized over the term of the contracts. A substantial portion of our products are sold with full service maintenance agreements for which the


 

35


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

customer typically pays a base service fee plus a variable amount based on usage. As a consequence, other than the product warranty obligations associated with certain of our low end products in the Office segment, we do not have any significant product warranty obligations, including any obligations under customer satisfaction programs.

Revenues associated with outsourcing services as well as professional and value-added services are generally recognized as such services are performed. In those service arrangements where final acceptance of a system or solution by the customer is required, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Costs associated with service arrangements are generally recognized as incurred. Initial direct costs of an arrangement are capitalized and amortized over the contractual service period. Long-lived assets used in the fulfillment of the arrangements are capitalized and depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the term of the contract. Losses on service arrangements are recognized in the period that the contractual loss becomes probable and estimable.

Sales to distributors and resellers: We utilize distributors and resellers to sell certain of our products to end-users. We refer to our distributor and reseller network as our two-tier distribution model. Sales to distributors and resellers are recognized as revenue when products are sold to such distributors and resellers, as long as all requirements for revenue recognition have been met. Distributors and resellers participate in various cooperative marketing and other programs, and we record provisions for these programs as a reduction to revenue when the sales occur. We also similarly account for our estimates of sales returns and other allowances when the sales occur based on our historical experience.

Supplies: Supplies revenue generally is recognized upon shipment or utilization by customer in accordance with sales terms.

Software: Software included within our equipment and services is generally considered incidental and is therefore accounted for as part of the equipment sales or services revenues. Software accessories sold in connection with our equipment sales as well as free-standing software revenues are accounted for in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition.” In most

cases, these software products are sold as part of multiple element arrangements and include software maintenance agreements for the delivery of technical service as well as unspecified upgrades or enhancements on a when-and-if-available basis. In those software accessory and free-standing software arrangements that include more than one element, we allocate the revenue among the elements based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value. VSOE of fair value is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately by us on a regular basis and not as part of the multiple-element arrangement. Revenue allocated to software is normally recognized upon delivery while revenue allocated to the software maintenance element is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.

Revenue Recognition for Leases: Our accounting for leases involves specific determinations under SFAS No. 13, which often involve complex provisions and significant judgments. The two primary criteria of SFAS No. 13 which we use to classify transactions as sales-type or operating leases are (1) a review of the lease term to determine if it is equal to or greater than 75% of the economic life of the equipment and (2) a review of the present value of the minimum lease payments to determine if they are equal to or greater than 90% of the fair market value of the equipment at the inception of the lease. Our leases in our Latin America operations have historically been recorded as operating leases given the cancellability of the contract or because the recoverability of the lease investment is deemed not to be predictable at lease inception.

The critical elements that we consider with respect to our lease accounting are the determination of the economic life and the fair value of equipment, including the residual value. For purposes of determining the economic life, we consider the most objective measure to be the original contract term, since most equipment is returned by lessees at or near the end of the contracted term. The economic life of most of our products is five years since this represents the most frequent contractual lease term for our principal products and only a small percentage of our leases have original terms longer than five years. We continually evaluate the economic life of both existing and newly introduced products for purposes of this determination. Residual values are established at lease inception using estimates of fair value at the end of the lease term. Our residual values are established with


 

36


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

due consideration to forecasted supply and demand for our various products, product retirement and future product launch plans, end of lease customer behavior, remanufacturing strategies, competition and technological changes.

The vast majority of our leases that qualify as sales-type are non-cancelable and include cancellation penalties approximately equal to the full value of the lease receivables. A portion of our business involves sales to governmental units. Governmental units are those entities that have statutorily defined funding or annual budgets that are determined by their legislative bodies. Certain of our governmental contracts may have cancellation provisions or renewal clauses that are required by law, such as 1) those dependant on fiscal funding outside of a governmental unit’s control, 2) those that can be cancelled if deemed in the best interest of the governmental unit’s taxpayers or 3) those that must be renewed each fiscal year, given limitations that may exist on entering into multi-year contracts that are imposed by statute. In these circumstances, we carefully evaluate these contracts to assess whether cancellation is remote because of the existence of substantive economic penalties upon cancellation or whether the renewal is reasonably assured due to the existence of a bargain renewal option. The evaluation of a lease agreement with a renewal option includes an assessment as to whether the renewal is reasonably assured based on the intent of such governmental unit and pricing terms as compared to those of short-term leases at lease inception. We further ensure that the contract provisions described above are offered only in instances where required by law. Where such contract terms are not legally required, we consider the arrangement to be cancelable and account for it as an operating lease.

After the initial lease of equipment to our customers, we may enter subsequent transactions with the same customer whereby we extend the term. Revenue from such lease extensions is typically recognized over the extension period.

 

Revenue Recognition Under Bundled Arrangements: We sell most of our products and services under bundled lease arrangements, which typically include equipment, service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single negotiated fixed minimum monthly payment for all elements over the contractual lease term. These arrangements typically also include an incremental, variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual page volume minimums, which are often expressed in terms of price per page. The fixed minimum monthly payments are multiplied by the number of months in the contract term to arrive at the total fixed minimum payments that the customer is obligated to make (“fixed payments”) over the lease term. The payments associated with page volumes in excess of the minimums are contingent on whether or not such minimums are exceeded (“contingent payments”). The minimum contractual committed page volumes are typically negotiated to equal the customer’s estimated page volume at lease inception. In applying our lease accounting methodology, we only consider the fixed payments for purposes of allocating to the relative fair value elements of the contract. Contingent payments, if any, are inherently uncertain and therefore are recognized as revenue in the period when the customer exceeds the minimum copy volumes specified in the contract. Revenues under bundled arrangements are allocated considering the relative fair values of the lease and non-lease deliverables included in the bundled arrangement based upon the estimated relative fair values of each element. Lease deliverables include maintenance and executory costs, equipment and financing, while non-lease deliverables generally consist of the supplies and non-maintenance services. Our revenue allocation for the lease deliverables begins by allocating revenues to the maintenance and executory costs plus profit thereon. The remaining amounts are allocated to the equipment and financing elements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, including money-market funds, and investments with original maturities of three months or less.


 

37


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Restricted Cash and Investments: Several of our secured financing arrangements and derivative contracts, as well as other material contracts, require us to post cash collateral or maintain minimum cash balances in escrow. These cash amounts are reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on when the cash will be contractually released. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, such restricted cash amounts were as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005

Escrow and cash collections related to secured borrowing arrangements

   $ 214    $ 254

Collateral related to risk management arrangements

     13      43

Other restricted cash

     199      149
             

Total

   $ 426    $ 446
             

Of these amounts, $236 and $270 were included in Other current assets and $190 and $176 were included in Other long-term assets, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Provisions for Losses on Uncollectible Receivables: The provisions for losses on uncollectible trade and finance receivables are determined principally on the basis of past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of our receivables and evaluations of the default risks of repayment. Allowances for doubtful accounts on accounts receivable balances were $116 and $136, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Allowances for doubtful accounts on finance receivables were $198 and $229 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Inventories: Inventories are carried at the lower of average cost or market. Inventories also include equipment that is returned at the end of the lease term. Returned equipment is recorded at the lower of remaining net book value or salvage value. Salvage value consists of the estimated market value (generally determined based on replacement cost) of the salvageable component parts, which are expected to be used in the remanufacturing process. We regularly review inventory quantities and record a provision for excess and/or obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast of product demand, production requirements and servicing commitments. Several factors may influence

the realizability of our inventories, including our decision to exit a product line, technological changes and new product development. The provision for excess and/or obsolete raw materials and equipment inventories is based primarily on near term forecasts of product demand and include consideration of new product introductions as well as changes in remanufacturing strategies. The provision for excess and/or obsolete service parts inventory is based primarily on projected servicing requirements over the life of the related equipment populations.

Land, Buildings and Equipment and Equipment on Operating Leases: Land, buildings and equipment are recorded at cost. Buildings and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Equipment on operating leases is depreciated to estimated residual value over the lease term. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Significant improvements are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are expensed. Refer to Note 5 – Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net and Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net for further discussion.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of goodwill to reporting units, and determination of the fair value of each reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow methodology. This requires us to use significant judgment including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for our business, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, determination of our weighted average cost of capital, and relevant market data.

Other intangible assets primarily consist of assets obtained in connection with business acquisitions, including installed customer base and distribution network relationships, patents on existing technology and trademarks. We apply an impairment evaluation whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carry value of our intangible assets may


 

38


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

not be recoverable. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives. The straight-line method of amortization reflects an appropriate allocation of the cost of the intangible assets to earnings in proportion to the amount of economic benefits obtained annually by the Company.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: We review the recoverability of our long-lived assets, including buildings, equipment, internal-use software and other intangible assets, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. Our primary measure of fair value is based on discounted cash flows. The measurement of impairment requires management to make estimates of these cash flows related to long-lived assets, as well as other fair value determinations.

Treasury Stock: We account for repurchased common stock under the cost method and include such treasury stock as a component of our Common shareholders’ equity. Retirement of Treasury stock is recorded as a reduction of Common stock and Additional paid-in-capital.

Research, Development and Engineering (“R,D&E”): Research, development and engineering costs are expensed as incurred. R,D&E was $922, $943 and $914, for the three years ended December 31, 2006, respectively. Research and development (“R&D”) costs were $761 in 2006, $755 in 2005 and $760 in 2004. Sustaining engineering costs are incurred with respect to on-going product improvements or environmental compliance after initial product launch. Our sustaining engineering costs were $161, $188, and $154, for the three years ended December 31, 2006, respectively.

Restructuring Charges: Costs associated with exit or disposed activities, including lease termination costs and certain employee severance costs associated with restructuring, plant closing or other activity, are recognized when they are incurred. In those geographies where we have either a formal severance plan or a history

of consistently providing severance benefits representing a substantive plan, we recognize severance costs when they are both probable and reasonably estimable.

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Obligations: We sponsor pension plans in various forms in several countries covering substantially all employees who meet eligibility requirements. Post-retirement benefit plans cover primarily U.S. employees for retirement medical costs. As permitted by existing accounting rules, we employ a delayed recognition feature in measuring the costs of pension and post-retirement benefit plans. This requires changes in the benefit obligations and changes in the value of assets set aside to meet those obligations to be recognized not as they occur, but systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. All changes are ultimately recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, except to the extent they may be offset by subsequent changes. At any point, changes that have been identified and quantified but not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax.

Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases, and mortality, among others. Actual returns on plan assets are not immediately recognized in our income statement, due to the delayed recognition requirement. In calculating the expected return on the plan asset component of our net periodic pension cost, we apply our estimate of the long-term rate of return to the plan assets that support our pension obligations, after deducting assets that are specifically allocated to Transitional Retirement Accounts (which are accounted for based on specific plan terms).

For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we utilize a calculated value approach in determining the value of the pension plan assets, as opposed to a fair market value approach. The primary difference between the two methods relates to systematic recognition of changes in fair value over time (generally two years) versus immediate recognition of changes in fair value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is


 

39


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

then applied to the calculated asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The calculated value approach reduces the volatility in net periodic pension cost that results from using the fair market value approach.

Each year, the difference between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets is added to, or subtracted from, any cumulative actuarial gain or loss that arose in prior years. As of December 31, 2006, this amount is a component of the net actuarial gain or loss recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss and is subject to subsequent amortization to net periodic pension cost in future periods over the remaining service lives of the employees participating in the pension plan.

The discount rate is used to present value our future anticipated benefit obligations. In estimating our discount rate, we consider rates of return on high quality fixed-income investments included in various published bond indexes, adjusted to eliminate the effects of call provisions and differences in the timing and amounts of cash outflows related to the bonds, as well as, the expected timing of pension and other benefit payments. In the U.S. and the U.K., which comprise approximately

80% of our projected benefit obligation, we consider the Moody’s Aa Corporate Bond Index and the International Index Company’s iBoxx Sterling Corporate AA Cash Bond Index, respectively in the determination of the appropriate discount rate assumptions. Refer to Note 14-Employee Benefit Plans for further information.

Foreign Currency Translation: The functional currency for most foreign operations is the local currency. Net assets are translated at current rates of exchange, and income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average exchange rates for the applicable period. The translation adjustments are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. The U.S. dollar is used as the functional currency for certain subsidiaries that conduct their business in U.S. dollars or operate in hyperinflationary economies. A combination of current and historical exchange rates is used in remeasuring the local currency transactions of these subsidiaries and the resulting exchange adjustments are included in income. Aggregate foreign currency losses were $39, $5 and $73 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and are included in Other expenses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.


Note 2 – Segment Reporting

 

Our reportable segments are consistent with how we manage the business and view the markets we serve. Our reportable segments are Production, Office, Developing Markets Operations (“DMO”) and Other. The Production and Office segments are centered around strategic product groups which share common technology, manufacturing and product platforms, as well as classes of customers.

The Production segment includes black-and-white products which operate at speeds over 90 pages per minute (“ppm”) and color products which operate at speeds over 40 ppm, excluding 50 ppm products with an embedded controller. Products include the Xerox iGen3 digital color production press, Nuvera, DocuTech, DocuPrint, Xerox 2101 and DocuColor families, as well as older technology light-lens products. These products are sold predominantly through direct sales channels in North America and Europe to Fortune 1000, graphic arts, government, education and other public sector customers.

The Office segment includes black-and-white products which operate at speeds up to 90 ppm and color

devices, up to 40 ppm, as well as, 50 ppm color devices with an embedded controller. Products include the suite of CopyCentre, WorkCentre, and WorkCentre Pro digital multifunction systems, DocuColor color multifunction products, color laser, solid ink color printers and multifunction devices, monochrome laser desktop printers, digital and light-lens copiers and facsimile products. These products are sold through direct and indirect sales channels in North America and Europe to global, national and mid-size commercial customers as well as government, education and other public sector customers.

The DMO segment includes our operations in Latin America, Brazil, the Middle East, India, Eurasia, Central and Eastern Europe and Africa. This segment’s sales consist of office and production including a large proportion of office devices and printers which operate at speeds of 11-40 ppm. Management serves and evaluates these markets on an aggregate geographic basis, rather than on a product basis.


 

40


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The segment classified as Other includes several units, none of which met the thresholds for separate segment reporting. This group primarily includes Xerox Supplies Business Group (predominantly paper), value-added services, Wide Format Systems, Xerox Technology Enterprises, royalty and licensing revenues, equity net income and non-allocated Corporate items. Value-added services includes the results of our 2006 acquisition of

Amici LLC. (Refer to Note 20 – Acquisitions for further information.) Other segment profit (loss) includes the operating results from these entities, other less significant businesses, our equity income from Fuji Xerox, and certain costs which have not been allocated to the Production, Office and DMO segments, including non-financing interest as well as other items included in Other expenses, net.


Selected financial information for our operating segments for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, was as follows (in millions):

 

     Production    Office    DMO    Other     Total

2006(1)

             

Information about profit or loss:

             

Revenues

   $ 4,256    $ 7,128    $ 1,932    $ 1,739     $ 15,055

Finance income

     323      497      6      14       840
                                   

Total Segment revenues

   $ 4,579    $ 7,625    $ 1,938    $ 1,753     $ 15,895
                                   

Interest expense(2)

   $ 120    $ 179    $ 7    $ 238     $ 544

Segment profit(3)

     403      832      124      31       1,390

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

   $ —      $ —      $ 5    $ 109     $ 114

2005(1)

             

Information about profit or loss:

             

Revenues

   $ 4,198    $ 7,106    $ 1,803    $ 1,719     $ 14,826

Finance income

     342      512      9      12       875
                                   

Total Segment revenues

   $ 4,540    $ 7,618    $ 1,812    $ 1,731     $ 15,701
                                   

Interest expense(2)

   $ 121    $ 179    $ 8    $ 249     $ 557

Segment profit(3)

     427      819      64      151       1,461

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

   $ —      $ —      $ 4    $ 94     $ 98

2004(1)

             

Information about profit or loss:

             

Revenues

   $ 4,238    $ 7,075    $ 1,697    $ 1,778     $ 14,788

Finance income

     352      552      10      20       934
                                   

Total Segment revenues

   $ 4,590    $ 7,627    $ 1,707    $ 1,798     $ 15,722
                                   

Interest expense(2)

   $ 114    $ 176    $ 12    $ 406     $ 708

Segment profit (loss)(3)

     511      779      35      (125 )     1,200

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

   $ —      $ —      $ 3    $ 148     $ 151

(1) Asset information on a segment basis is not disclosed as this information is not separately identified and internally reported to our chief executive officer.
(2) Interest expense includes equipment financing interest as well as non-financing interest, which is a component of Other expenses, net.
(3) Depreciation and amortization expense is recorded in cost of sales, research, development and engineering expenses and selling, administrative and general expenses and is included in the segment profit (loss) above. This information is neither identified nor internally reported to our chief executive officer. The separate identification of this information for purposes of segment disclosure is impracticable, as it is not readily available and the cost to develop it would be excessive.

 

41


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The following is a reconciliation of segment profit to pre-tax income (in millions):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
         2006             2005             2004      

Total Segment profit

   $ 1,390     $ 1,461     $ 1,200  

Reconciling items:

      

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

     (385 )     (366 )     (86 )

Provisions for litigation matters(1)

     (68 )     (114 )     —    

Initial provision for WEEE Directive

     —         (26 )     —    

Hurricane Katrina adjustments (losses)

     8       (15 )     —    

Other expenses, net

     (23 )     (12 )     2  

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

     (114 )     (98 )     (151 )
                        

Pre-tax income

   $ 808     $ 830     $ 965  
                        

(1) 2006 provision for litigation includes $68 related to probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies. 2005 provision for litigation primarily includes $102 related to MPI arbitration panel ruling. Refer to Note 16 – Contingencies for further discussion relating to the 2006 and 2005 annual periods.

Geographic area data was as follows:

 

     Revenues    Long-Lived Assets(1)

(in millions)

   2006    2005    2004    2006    2005    2004

United States

   $ 8,406    $ 8,388    $ 8,346    $ 1,309    $ 1,386    $ 1,427

Europe

     5,378      5,226      5,281      572      500      585

Other Areas

     2,111      2,087      2,095      356      386      434
                                         

Total

   $ 15,895    $ 15,701    $ 15,722    $ 2,237    $ 2,272    $ 2,446
                                         

(1) Long-lived assets are comprised of (i) land, buildings and equipment, net, (ii) equipment on operating leases, net, (iii) internal use software, net and (iv) capitalized software costs, net.

Note 3 – Short-Term Investments

 

As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, we held $137 and $244 in marketable securities that are classified within Short-term investments in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These securities are considered available-for-sale and are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices. Unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, are less than $1 and are recorded

within Accumulated other comprehensive loss, a component of Common shareholders’ equity. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Gains or losses of less than $1 million were realized on these sales for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


 

42


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The following table summarizes the maturities and fair market values of our Short-term investments as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively (in millions):

 

2006

  

Due In

1 Year or Less

  

Due After

1 Year Through

5 Years

  

Due After

5 Years Through

10 Years

  

Due After

10 Years

   Total

Description of Securities

              

Corporate bonds

   $ 65    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 65

Auction rate municipal bonds

     —        —        —        31      31

US government agency securities

     23      —        —        —        23

Certificates of deposit

     8      —        —        —        8
                                  

Total Debt Securities

   $ 96    $ —      $ —      $ 31    $ 127
                              

Auction rate preferred securities

                 10
                  

Total Short-term investments

               $ 137
                  

 

2005

  

Due In

1 Year or Less

  

Due After

1 Year Through

5 Years

  

Due After

5 Years Through

10 Years

  

Due After

10 Years

   Total

Description of Securities

              

Corporate bonds

   $ 93    $ 51    $ —      $ —      $ 144

Auction rate municipal bonds

     —        —        —        45      45

US government agency securities

     13      19      —        —        32
                                  

Total Debt Securities

   $ 106    $ 70    $ —      $ 45    $ 221
                              

Auction rate preferred securities

                 23
                  

Total Short-term investments

               $ 244
                  

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay and creditors may have the right to call obligations. These securities are classified within current assets because they are highly liquid, traded in active markets and are available for use, if needed, for current operations.

Note 4 – Receivables, Net

Finance Receivables: Finance receivables result from installment arrangements and sales-type leases arising from the marketing of our equipment. These receivables are typically collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. Finance receivables, net at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows (in millions):

 

         2006             2005      

Gross receivables

   $ 9,389     $ 9,449  

Unearned income

     (1,437 )     (1,458 )

Unguaranteed residual values

     90       87  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (198 )     (229 )
                

Finance receivables, net

     7,844       7,849  

Less: Billed portion of finance receivables, net

     (273 )     (296 )

Current portion of finance receivables not billed, net

     (2,649 )     (2,604 )
                

Amounts due after one year, net

   $ 4,922     $ 4,949  
                

 

43


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Contractual maturities of our gross finance receivables as of December 31, 2006 were as follows (including those already billed of $273) (in millions):

 

    2007    

   2008    2009    2010    2011    Thereafter    Total

$3,530

   $ 2,589    $ 1,813    $ 1,050    $ 362    $ 45    $ 9,389

Secured Funding Arrangements

 

GE Secured Borrowings: We have an agreement in the U.S. (the “Loan Agreement”) under which GE Vendor Financial Services, a subsidiary of GE, provides secured funding for our customer leasing activities in the U.S. The maximum potential level of borrowing under the Loan Agreement is a function of the size of the portfolio of finance receivables generated by us that meet GE’s funding requirements and cannot exceed $5 billion in any event. There have been no new borrowings under the Loan Agreement since December 2005.

Under this agreement, new lease originations, including the bundled service and supply elements, are transferred to a wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary which receives funding from GE. The funds received under this agreement are recorded as secured borrowings and together with the associated lease receivables are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We and GE intend the transfers of the lease contracts to be “true sales at law” and that the wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary be bankruptcy remote and have received opinions to that effect from outside legal counsel. As a result, the transferred receivables are not available to satisfy any of our other obligations. GE’s funding commitment is not subject to our credit ratings. There are no credit rating defaults that could impair future funding under this agreement. This agreement contains cross default provisions related to certain financial covenants contained in the 2006 Credit Facility and other significant debt facilities. Any cross default would impair our ability to receive subsequent funding until the default was cured or waived but does not accelerate previous borrowings

except in the case of bankruptcy. However, in the event of a default, we could be replaced as the maintenance service provider for the associated equipment under lease.

We have similar long-term lease funding arrangements with GE in both the U.K. and Canada. These agreements contain similar terms and conditions as those contained in the U.S. Loan Agreement with respect to funding conditions and covenants. The final funding date for U.S. and Canadian facilities is currently December 2010. In November 2006, we delivered notice to GE, moving the final funding date for the U.K. program to June 2007.

France Secured Borrowings: We have an on-going warehouse financing facility in France with Merrill Lynch to fund new lease originations up to €420 million ($552 as of December 31, 2006) through July 2007. The Merill Lynch facility can be extended via the optional extension provision to 2009.

DLL Secured Borrowings: In 2002, we formed a joint venture with De Lage Landen Bank (“the DLL Joint Venture”) which became our primary equipment financing provider for new lease originations in the Netherlands through fundings from De Lage Landen Bank. Our DLL Joint Venture is consolidated as we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the joint venture’s financial results (Refer to Note 1 – “Basis of Consolidation”). The funds received by the DLL Joint Venture are recorded as secured borrowings and together with the associated lease receivables are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.


 

44


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The following table shows finance receivables and related secured debt as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. Although the finance receivables are consolidated assets they are generally not available to satisfy our other obligations:

 

          December 31, 2006    December 31, 2005

(in millions)

  

Facility Amount

   Finance
Receivables, Net
   Secured
Debt
   Finance
Receivables, Net
   Secured
Debt

Finance Receivables Encumbered by Loans:

              

GE secured loans:

              

GE Loans – U.S.

   $5 billion    $ 941    $ 782    $ 1,888    $ 1,701

GE Loans – U.K.

   £400 million (U.S. $785)      669      609      637      581

GE Loans – Canada

   Cdn. $850 million (U.S. $733)      115      88      258      174
                              

Total GE encumbered finance receivables, net

        1,725      1,479      2,783      2,456

Merrill Lynch Loan – France

   €420 million (U.S. $552)      501      419      430      342

DLL – Netherlands

   N/A      197      161      216      184
                              

Total encumbered finance receivables, net

        2,423    $ 2,059      3,429    $ 2,982
                      

Unencumbered finance receivables, net

        5,421         4,420   
                      

Total Finance receivables, net(1)

      $ 7,844       $ 7,849   
                      

(1) Includes (i) billed portion of finance receivables, net, (ii) finance receivables, net and (iii) finance receivables due after one year, net as included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

Accounts Receivable Funding Arrangement: We have a $400 revolving credit facility with GE expiring in 2007, secured by our U.S. accounts receivable. We had no outstanding borrowings under this arrangement as of December 31, 2006. Secured accounts receivables, net

and related debt associated with this arrangement as of December 31, 2005 were $313 and $178, respectively.

In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2006, we sold approximately $23 of accounts receivable without recourse. Fees associated with these sales were less than $1.


 

45


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Note 5 – Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net

 

Inventories at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows (in millions):

 

     2006    2005

Finished goods

   $ 967    $ 956

Work-in-process

     67      99

Raw materials

     129      146
             

Total Inventories

   $ 1,163    $ 1,201
             

Equipment on operating leases and similar arrangements consists of our equipment rented to customers and depreciated to estimated residual value at the end of the lease term. The transfer of equipment from our inventories to equipment subject to an operating lease is presented in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the operating activities section as a non-cash adjustment. We recorded $69, $56 and $73 in inventory write-down charges for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Equipment on operating leases and the related accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows (in millions):

 

     2006     2005  

Equipment on operating leases

   $ 1,246     $ 1,262  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (765 )     (831 )
                

Equipment on operating leases, net

   $ 481     $ 431  
                

 

Depreciable lives generally vary from three to four years consistent with our planned and historical usage of the equipment subject to operating leases. Depreciation and obsolescence expense was $230, $205 and $210 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Our equipment operating lease terms vary, generally from 12 to 36 months. Scheduled minimum future rental revenues on operating leases with original terms of one year or longer are (in millions):

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Thereafter

$  332   $  205   $  125   $  58   $  22   $  2

Total contingent rentals on operating leases, consisting principally of usage charges in excess of minimum contracted amounts, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 amounted to $112, $136 and $137, respectively.


Note 6 – Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net

Land, buildings and equipment, net at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows (in millions):

 

    

Estimated

Useful Lives

(Years)

   2006     2005  

Land

      $ 46     $ 51  

Buildings and building equipment

   25 to 50      1,120       1,163  

Leasehold improvements

   Varies      338       326  

Plant machinery

   5 to 12      1,613       1,637  

Office furniture and equipment

   3 to 15      949       967  

Other

   4 to 20      73       76  

Construction in progress

        125       83  
                   

Subtotal

        4,264       4,303  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

        (2,737 )     (2,676 )
                   

Land, buildings and equipment, net

      $ 1,527     $ 1,627  
                   

 

46


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Depreciation expense was $277, $280 and $305 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. We lease certain land, buildings and equipment, substantially all of which are accounted for as operating leases. Total rent expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 amounted to $269, $267, and $316, respectively. Future minimum operating lease commitments that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

    2007    

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Thereafter

$  189

  $  161   $  124   $  102   $  84   $  158

 

In certain circumstances, we sublease space not currently required in operations. Future minimum sublease income under leases with non-cancelable terms in excess of one year amounted to $30 at December 31, 2006.

We have an information technology contract with Electronic Data Systems Corp. (“EDS”) through June 30, 2009. Services to be provided under this contract include support of global mainframe system processing, application maintenance, desktop and helpdesk support, voice and data network management and server management. There are no minimum payments due EDS under the contract. Payments to EDS, which are primarily recorded in selling, administrative and general expenses, were $288, $305 and $328 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

In December 2006, we sold our Corporate headquarters facility for $55 and recognized a gain of $15. In connection with the sale, the secured mortgage on the facility of $34 was defeased through the purchase of treasury securities totaling $36. The difference of $2 was recorded as a loss on extinguishment of debt. The gain on the sale as well as the loss on extinguishment are included in Other expenses, net within the Consolidated Statements of Income. In connection with the sale, we entered into a two-year lease agreement, which is cancelable upon 90 days notice. We intend to relocate our Corporate headquarters facility within the surrounding area, when a suitable replacement facility is identified.


Note 7 – Investments in Affiliates, at Equity

 

Investments in corporate joint ventures and other companies in which we generally have a 20% to 50% ownership interest at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows (in millions):

     2006    2005

Fuji Xerox(1)

   $ 834    $ 725

All other equity investments

     40      57
             

Investments in affiliates, at equity

   $ 874    $ 782
             

(1) Fuji Xerox is headquartered in Tokyo and operates in Japan, China, Australia, New Zealand and other areas of the Pacific Rim. Our investment in Fuji Xerox of $834 at December 31, 2006, differs from our implied 25% interest in the underlying net assets, or $916, due primarily to our deferral of gains resulting from sales of assets by us to Fuji Xerox, partially offset by goodwill related to the Fuji Xerox investment established at the time we acquired our remaining 20% of Xerox Limited from The Rank Group plc.

 

Our equity in net income of our unconsolidated affiliates for the three years ended December 31, 2006 was as follows:

 

     2006    2005    2004

Fuji Xerox

   $ 107    $ 90    $ 134

Other investments

     7      8      17
                    

Total

   $ 114    $ 98    $ 151
                    

Equity in net income of Fuji Xerox is affected by certain adjustments to reflect the deferral of profit associated with intercompany sales. These adjustments may result in recorded equity income that is different than that implied by our 25% ownership interest.


 

47


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Condensed financial data of Fuji Xerox for the three calendar years ended December 31, 2006 was as follows (in millions):

 

     2006    2005    2004

Summary of Operations:

        

Revenues

   $ 9,859    $ 10,009    $ 9,450

Costs and expenses

     9,119      9,406      8,595
                    

Income before income taxes

     740      603      855

Income taxes

     281      215      331

Minorities’ interests

     5      8      18
                    

Net income

   $ 454    $ 380    $ 506
                    

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Assets:

        

Current assets

   $ 3,731    $ 3,454    $ 3,613

Long-term assets

     4,184      4,168      4,606
                    

Total Assets

   $ 7,915    $ 7,622    $ 8,219
                    

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

        

Current liabilities

   $ 2,954    $ 2,991    $ 2,757

Long-term debt

     685      434      616

Other long-term liabilities

     590      936      1,383

Minorities’ interests in equity of subsidiaries

     21      17      104

Shareholders’ equity

     3,665      3,244      3,359
                    

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 7,915    $ 7,622    $ 8,219
                    

 

In 2006, 2005 and 2004, we received dividends of $41, $38 and $50, respectively, which were reflected as a reduction in our investment. Additionally, we have a technology agreement with Fuji Xerox whereby we receive royalty payments for their use of our Xerox brand trademark, as well as, rights to access their patent portfolio in exchange for access to our patent portfolio. Effective April 2006, we renewed our technology agreement with Fuji Xerox (the “2006 Technology Agreement”). The 2006 Technology Agreement provides that Fuji Xerox will pay us a royalty that is based on Fuji Xerox’s revenue. The 2006 Technology Agreement will not result in a material change to the royalty revenues we receive from Fuji Xerox. In general, all other existing agreements with respect to intellectual property between the parties will remain in full force and effect. Therefore, all technology licenses previously granted between the parties will not be subject to the 2006 Technology Agreement but will generally remain subject to the terms of any such prior arrangements. The only exception is that the licenses previously granted under the 1999

Technology Agreement will be converted into fully paid-up and royalty free licenses.

In 2006, 2005 and 2004, we earned royalty revenues under this agreement of $117, $123 and $119, respectively, which are included in Service, outsourcing and rental revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Income. We also have arrangements with Fuji Xerox whereby we purchase inventory from and sell inventory to Fuji Xerox. Pricing of the transactions under these arrangements is based upon negotiations conducted at arm’s length. Certain of these inventory purchases and sales are the result of mutual research and development arrangements. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are in the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months. Purchases from and sales to Fuji Xerox for the three years ended December 31, 2006 were as follows (in millions):

 

     2006    2005    2004

Sales

   $ 168    $ 163    $ 166

Purchases

   $ 1,677    $ 1,517    $ 1,135

 

48


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

In addition to the amounts described above, in 2006, 2005 and 2004, we paid Fuji Xerox $28, $28 and $27, respectively, and Fuji Xerox paid us $3 in 2006 and $9 for 2005 and 2004, respectively, for unique research and

development. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, amounts due to Fuji Xerox were $169 and $157, respectively.


Note 8 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

Goodwill:

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by operating segment, for the three years ended December 31, 2006 (in millions):

 

     Production     Office     DMO    Other     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2004

   $ 771     $ 827     $ —      $ 124     $ 1,722  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     77       54       —        1       132  

Other

     —         —         —        (6 )     (6 )
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2004

     848       881       —        119       1,848  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (103 )     (74 )     —        —         (177 )
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2005

     745       807       —        119       1,671  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     99       69       —        1       169  

Acquisition of Amici LLC

     —         —         —        136       136  

Acquisition of XMPie, Inc.

     48       —         —        —         48  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 892     $ 876     $ —      $ 256     $ 2,024  
                                       

Intangible Assets, Net:

Intangible assets primarily relate to the Office operating segment. Intangible assets were comprised of the following as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 (in millions):

 

    

Weighted

Average
Amortization
Period

   As of December 31, 2006:    As of December 31, 2005:
        Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net
Amount
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net
Amount

Installed customer base

   16 years    $ 258    $ 89    $ 169    $ 226    $ 72    $ 154

Distribution network

   25 years      123      35      88      123      30      93

Technology and trademarks

   7 years      165      136      29      156      114      42
                                            
      $ 546    $ 260    $ 286    $ 505    $ 216    $ 289
                                            

 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $45, $42, and $38 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is expected to approximate $27 in 2007 and approximate $25 annually from 2008 through 2011. Amortization expense is

primarily recorded in Other expenses, net, with the exception of amortization expense associated with licensed technology, which is recorded in Cost of sales and Cost of service, outsourcing and rentals, as appropriate.


 

49


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Note 9 – Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

We have engaged in a series of restructuring programs related to downsizing our employee base, exiting certain activities, outsourcing certain internal functions and engaging in other actions designed to reduce our cost structure and improve productivity. Management continues to evaluate our business and, therefore, there may be supplemental provisions for new plan initiatives as well as changes in estimates to amounts

previously recorded, as payments are made or actions are completed.

Asset impairment charges were also incurred in connection with these restructuring actions for those assets made obsolete as a result of these programs.

The net restructuring and asset impairment charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income totaled $385, $366 and $86 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Detailed information related to restructuring program activity during the three years ended December 31, 2006 is outlined below (in millions):


 

Restructuring Activity

  

Severance and

Related Costs

   

Lease

Cancellation and

Other Costs

   

Asset

Impairments(1)

   

Legacy

Programs(2)

    Total  

Ending Balance December 31, 2003

   $ 143     $ 36     $ —       $ 42     $ 221  

Restructuring Provision

     95       8       1       2       106  

Reversals of prior accruals

     (11 )     —         —         (9 )     (20 )
                                        

Net current year charges(3)

     84       8       1       (7 )     86  

Charges against reserve and currency

     (157 )     (21 )     (1 )     (11 )     (190 )
                                        

Ending Balance December 31, 2004

   $ 70     $ 23     $ —       $ 24     $ 117  

Restructuring Provision

     371       12       15       1       399  

Reversals of prior accruals

     (21 )     (6 )     —         (6 )     (33 )
                                        

Net current year charges(3)

     350       6       15       (5 )     366  

Charges against reserve and currency

     (203 )     (10 )     (15 )     (19 )     (247 )
                                        

Ending Balance December 31, 2005

   $ 217     $ 19     $ —       $ —       $ 236  

Restructuring Provision

     351       39       30       —         420  

Reversals of prior accruals

     (33 )     (2 )     —         —         (35 )
                                        

Net current year charges(3)

     318       37       30       —         385  

Charges against reserve and currency

     (242 )     (12 )     (30 )     —         (284 )
                                        

Ending Balance December 31, 2006

   $ 293     $ 44     $ —       $ —       $ 337  
                                        

(1) Charges associated with asset impairments represent the write-down of the related assets to their new cost basis and are recorded concurrently with the recognition of the provision.
(2) Legacy Programs, includes the runoff activity of several predecessor restructuring programs which were initiated between 2000 and 2001.
(3) Represents amount recognized within the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years shown.

 

50


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Additional details about our restructuring programs are as follows:

Reconciliation to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     

Years ended

December 31,

 
      2006     2005     2004  

Charges to reserve

   $ (284 )   $ (247 )   $ (190 )

Pension curtailment, special termination benefits and settlements

     —         —         8  

Asset impairments

     30       15       1  

Effects of foreign currency and other non-cash

     (11 )     18       (6 )
                        

Cash payments for restructurings

   $ (265 )   $ (214 )   $ (187 )
                        

Restructuring: In recent years we have initiated a series of ongoing restructuring initiatives designed to leverage cost savings resulting from realized productivity improvements, realign and lower our overall cost structure and outsource certain internal functions. These initiatives primarily include severance actions and impact all major geographies and segments. Recent initiatives include:

 

   

During 2006, we provided $420 for ongoing restructuring programs which consisted of $351 for severance and related costs, $39 for lease and contract terminations and $30 for asset impairments. The charges primarily relate to the elimination of approximately 3,400 positions primarily in North America and Europe. The 2006 actions associated with these charges primarily include the following: technical and professional services infrastructure and global back-office optimization; continued R&D efficiencies and productivity improvements; supply chain optimization to ensure, for example, alignment to our global two-tier model implementation; and selected off-shoring opportunities. The lease termination and asset impairment charges primarily related to the relocation of certain manufacturing

 

operations as well as an exit from certain leased and owned facilities. These charges were offset by reversals of $35 primarily related to changes in estimates in severance costs from previously recorded actions.

   

During 2005, we provided $398 for ongoing restructuring programs, which consisted of a charge of $371 for severance costs, primarily related to the elimination of approximately 3,900 positions worldwide, a charge of $12 for lease terminations and $15 for asset impairments. The initiatives in 2005 were focused on cost reductions in service, manufacturing and back office support operations primarily within the Office and Production segments. These charges were offset by reversals of $27 primarily related to changes in estimates in severance costs from previously recorded actions.

   

During 2004, we provided $104 for ongoing restructuring programs, which consisted of a charge of $87 related to the elimination of approximately 1,900 positions primarily in North America and Latin America, $8 for pension settlements, $8 for lease terminations and $1 for asset impairments. These charges were offset by reversals of $11 related to changes in estimates for severance costs from previously recorded actions.

We expect to utilize the majority of the December 31, 2006 restructuring balance in 2007.

The following table summarizes the total amount of costs incurred in connection with these restructuring programs by segment for the three years ended December 31, 2006 (in millions):

 

Years Ended December 31,

   2006    2005    2004

Production

   $ 142    $ 150    $ 27

Office

     127      175      29

DMO

     21      22      30

Other

     95      19      —  
                    

Total Provisions

   $ 385    $ 366    $ 86
                    

We expect to incur additional restructuring charges in 2007 of approximately $11 related to initiatives identified to date that have not yet been recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements as well as expected interest accretion on the reserve.


 

51


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Note 10 – Supplementary Financial Information

 

The components of other current assets and other current liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows (in millions):

 

     2006    2005

Other current assets

     

Deferred taxes

   $ 271    $ 290

Restricted cash

     236      270

Prepaid expenses

     119      133

Financial derivative instruments

     9      28

Other

     299      311
             

Total Other current assets

   $ 934    $ 1,032
             

Other current liabilities

     

Income taxes payable

   $ 63    $ 84

Other taxes payable

     157      199

Interest payable

     128      102

Restructuring reserves

     291      212

Unearned income

     194      191

Financial derivative instruments

     17      12

Product warranties

     21      20

Liability to Xerox Capital LLC

     —        98

Other

     546      625
             

Total Other current liabilities

   $ 1,417    $ 1,543
             

 

The components of other long-term assets and other long-term liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows (in millions):

 

      2006    2005

Other long-term assets

     

Prepaid pension costs

   $ 19    $ 829

Net investment in discontinued operations

     295      420

Internal use software, net

     217      198

Restricted cash

     190      176

Debt issuance costs, net

     48      52

Other

     282      246
             

Total Other long-term assets

   $ 1,051    $ 1,921
             

Other long-term liabilities

     

Deferred and other tax liabilities

   $ 223    $ 771

Minorities’ interests in equity of subsidiaries

     108      90

Financial derivative instruments

     42      45

Product warranties

     1      1

Other

     447      388
             

Total Other long-term liabilities

   $ 821    $ 1,295
             

 

Net investment in discontinued operations: Our net investment in discontinued operations primarily consists of a performance-based instrument relating to the 1997 sale of The Resolution Group (“TRG”) of $325, as well as remaining liabilities associated with our discontinued operations of $32.

In connection with the 1997 sale of TRG, we received a $462 performance-based instrument as partial consideration. Cash distributions are paid on the instrument, based on 72.5% of TRG’s available cash flow as defined in the sale agreement. We received cash distributions of $20 for each of the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The recovery of this instrument is dependent upon the sufficiency of TRG’s available cash flows. Such cash flows are supported by TRG’s ultimate parent via a subscription agreement whereby the parent has agreed to purchase

from TRG an established number of shares of this instrument each year through 2017. Based on current cash flow projections, we expect to fully recover the $325 remaining balance of this instrument.

In 2005, our net investment in discontinued operations also included our net investment in Ridge Reinsurance Limited which was liquidated in 2006 as part of an agreement to transfer its remaining reinsurance obligation together with related investments to another insurance company. Refer to Note 21 – Divestitures and Other Sales for further information.

Liability to Xerox Capital LLC: Liability was settled in February 2006 as part of mandatory redemption of preferred securities issued by Xerox Capital LLC. This liability was settled for Cdn. $114 million ($100) and Cdn. $24 million ($21) was remitted back to us upon liquidation of Xerox Capital LLC.


 

52


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Internal Use Software: Capitalized direct costs associated with developing, purchasing or otherwise acquiring software for internal use are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the software, beginning when the software is implemented.

Useful lives of the software generally vary from 3 to 5 years. Amortization expense, including applicable impairment charges, was $73, $92, and $107 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


Note 11 – Debt

 

Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows (in millions):

 

     2006    2005

Current maturities of long-term debt

   $ 1,465    $ 1,099

Notes payable

     20      40
             

Total

   $ 1,485    $ 1,139
             

 

We classify our debt based on the contractual maturity dates of the underlying debt instruments or as of the earliest put date available to the debt holders. We defer costs associated with debt issuance over the applicable term or to the first put date, in the case of convertible debt or debt with a put feature. These costs are amortized as interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income.


 

53


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Long-term debt, including debt secured by finance receivables at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was as follows (in millions):

 

    

Weighted Average

Interest Rates at

December 31, 2006

    2006     2005  

U.S. Operations

      

Xerox Corporation

      

Notes due 2008

   5.89 %   $ 3     $ 27  

Senior Notes due 2009(1)

   10.75       613       620  

Euro Senior Notes due 2009(1)

   10.60       290       260  

Senior Notes due 2010(1)

   7.62       687       688  

Notes due 2011

   7.01       50       50  

Senior Notes due 2011(1)

   7.13       750       752  

Senior Notes due 2013(1)

   7.63       541       542  

Convertible Notes due 2014

   9.00       19       19  

Notes due 2016(1)

   7.62       248       251  

2003 Credit Facility due 2008

   —         —         300  

Floating Senior Notes due 2009

   6.16       150       —    

Senior Notes due 2016(1)

   6.48       696       —    

Senior Notes due 2017(1)

   6.83       497       —    
                  

Subtotal

     $ 4,544     $ 3,509  
                  

Xerox Credit Corporation

      

Yen notes due 2007

   5.44       252       255  

Notes due 2012

   7.07       75       75  

Notes due 2013

   6.49       60       60  

Notes due 2014

   6.06       50       50  

Notes due 2018

   7.00       25       25  
                  

Subtotal

     $ 462     $ 465  
                  

Other U.S. Operations

      

Borrowings secured by finance receivables(2)

   4.95       782       1,701  

Borrowings secured by other assets

   9.61       10       220  
                  

Subtotal

     $ 792     $ 1,921  
                  

Total U.S. Operations

     $ 5,798     $ 5,895  
                  

International Operations

      

Pound Sterling secured borrowings due 2008(2)

   6.04       609       581  

Euro secured borrowings due 2006-2015(2)

   4.62       580       526  

Canadian dollars secured borrowings due 2006-2008(2)

   5.49       88       174  

Other debt due 2006-2010

   6.32       50       62  
                  

Total International Operations

       1,327       1,343  
                  

Subtotal

       7,125       7,238  
                  

Less current maturities

       (1,465 )     (1,099 )
                  

Total Long-term debt

     $ 5,660     $ 6,139  
                  

(1) The principal amounts of these debt instruments have been adjusted for the effects of fair value hedge accounting, as described in Note 13 – Financial Instruments, premiums and discounts.

 

54


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The following summarizes the principal amounts of those instruments as of December 31, 2006:

 

Senior Notes due 2009

   $ 600

Euro Senior Notes due 2009

     296

Senior Notes due 2010

     700

Senior Notes due 2011

     750

Senior Notes due 2013

     550

Notes due 2016

     250

Senior Notes due 2016

     700

Senior Notes due 2017

     500

 

(2) Refer to Note 4 – Receivables, Net, for further discussion of borrowings secured by finance receivables, net.

Scheduled payments due on long-term debt for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):

 

  2007  

   2008    2009    2010    2011    Thereafter    Total

$1,465

   $736    $1,169    $733    $806    $2,216    $7,125

2006 Credit Facility

In April 2006, we entered into a $1.25 billion unsecured revolving credit facility including a $200 letter of credit subfacility (the “2006 Credit Facility” or “facility”). The facility allows us to increase from time to time, with willing lenders, its overall size to $2 billion. The facility is available, without sublimit, to certain of our qualifying subsidiaries. The facility replaced our 2003 Credit Facility that was terminated upon effectiveness of the 2006 Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2006, we had outstanding letters of credit of $15 and no borrowings under the 2006 Credit Facility. In conjunction with the 2006 Credit Facility, debt issuance costs of $5 were deferred.

Our obligations under the facility are unsecured and are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries. However, if in the future any of our domestic subsidiaries guarantees any debt for money borrowed by us of more than $100, that subsidiary is required to guaranty our obligations under the facility as well. In the event that any of our subsidiaries borrows under the facility, its borrowings thereunder would be guaranteed by us.

Borrowings under the 2006 Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread that will vary between 0.32% and 1.20% depending on our current credit ratings. The spread as of December 31, 2006 was 0.60%. In addition, we are required to pay a facility fee on the aggregate amount of the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2006, there were no outstanding borrowings under the 2006 Credit Facility and the facility fee rate was 0.15%.

The 2006 Credit Facility matures in April 2011, subject to our right to request a one-year extension on each of the first and second anniversaries of the facility. The facility contains various conditions to borrowing, and affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants. Certain of the more significant covenants are summarized below:

  (a) Maximum leverage ratio (a quarterly test that is calculated as debt for borrowed money divided by consolidated EBITDA) ranging from 4.25 to 3.25 over the life of the facility.
  (b) Minimum interest coverage ratio (a quarterly test that is calculated as consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense) may not be less than 3.00:1.
  (c) Limitations on (i) liens of Xerox and certain of our subsidiaries securing debt, (ii) certain fundamental changes to corporate structure, (iii) changes in nature of business and (iv) limitations on debt incurred by certain subsidiaries.

The 2006 Credit Facility also contains various events of default, the occurrence of which could result in a termination by the lenders and the acceleration of all our obligations under the facility. These events of default include, without limitation: (i) payment defaults, (ii) breaches of covenants under the facility (certain of which breaches do not have any grace period), (iii) cross-defaults and acceleration to certain of our other obligations and (iv) a change of control of Xerox.


 

55


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Termination of 2003 Credit Facility

In connection with the effectiveness of the 2006 Credit Facility, we terminated the 2003 Credit Facility in April 2006 and repaid all advances and loans outstanding thereunder. The termination of the 2003 Credit Facility resulted in the write-off of unamortized deferred debt

issuance costs of $13, as well as termination of the guaranty by Xerox International Joint Marketing Inc. of our outstanding Senior Notes due 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 and 2016.


Senior Notes Offerings

In March 2006, we issued $700 aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2016 (“2016 Senior Notes”) at 99.413% of par, resulting in net proceeds of $689. The 2016 Senior Notes accrue interest at the rate of 6.40% per annum, payable semiannually, and as a result of the discount, have a weighted average effective interest rate of 6.481%. In conjunction with the issuance of the 2016 Senior Notes, debt issuance costs of $7 were deferred.

In August 2006, we issued $500 aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2017 (“2017 Senior Notes”) and $150 aggregate principal amount of floating rate Senior Notes due 2009 (“Floating 2009 Senior Notes”). The 2017 Senior Notes aggregate principal amount was issued at 99.392% of par, resulting in net proceeds of $492. Interest on the 2017 Senior Notes accrues at the rate of 6.75% per annum and is payable semiannually and, as a result of the discount, has a weighted average effective interest rate of 6.833%. The Floating 2009 Senior Notes aggregate principal amount was issued at 100% of par, resulting in net proceeds of $149. Interest on the Floating 2009 Senior Notes accrues at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 0.75% and is payable quarterly. In conjunction with the issuance of the 2017 Senior Notes and the Floating 2009 Senior Notes, debt issuance costs of $6 were deferred.

Debt repayments and maturities: During 2006, we repaid $24 of public unsecured debt prior to its scheduled maturity. There were no other scheduled public debt maturities in 2006.

Guarantees: At December 31, 2006, we have guaranteed $31 of indebtedness of our foreign subsidiaries. This debt is included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of such date. In addition, as of December 31, 2006, $40 of letters of credit have been issued in connection with insurance guarantees.

Interest: Interest paid on our short-term debt, long-term debt and liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities amounted to $512, $555 and $710 for

the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Interest expense and interest income for the three years ended December 31, 2006 was as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Interest expense(1)

   $ 544     $ 557     $ 708  

Interest income(2)

     (909 )     (1,013 )     (1,009 )

(1) Includes Equipment financing interest expense, as well as, non-financing interest expense included in Other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
(2) Includes Finance income, as well as, other interest income that is included in Other expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Equipment financing interest is determined based on an estimated cost of funds, applied against the estimated level of debt required to support our net finance receivables. Prior to 2006, the estimated cost of funds was primarily based on our secured borrowing rates. As a result of the recent reduction in our level of secured borrowings, effective January 1, 2006 the estimated cost of funds is based on a blended rate for term and duration comparable to available borrowing rates for a BBB rated company, which were reviewed at the end of each period. This change in basis did not materially impact the calculated amount of Equipment finance interest expense and accordingly did not impact comparability between the periods. The estimated level of debt is based on an assumed 7 to 1 leverage ratio of debt/equity as compared to our average finance receivable balance during the applicable period.


 

56


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Net cash payments on other debt as shown on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2006 was as follows (in millions):

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Cash (payments) proceeds on notes payable, net

   $ (19 )   $ 4     $ (6 )

Net cash proceeds from issuance of long-term debt(1)

     1,502       50       974  

Cash payments on long-term debt

     (207 )     (1,241 )     (2,390 )
                        

Net cash proceeds (payments) on other debt

   $ 1,276     $ (1,187 )   $ (1,422 )
                        

(1) Includes payment of debt issuance costs.

Note 12 – Liability to Subsidiary Trusts Issuing Preferred Securities

 

The Liability to Subsidiary Trusts Issuing Preferred Securities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets reflects the obligations to our subsidiaries that have issued preferred securities. These subsidiaries are not consolidated in our financial statements because we are not the primary beneficiary of the trusts. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the components of our liabilities to the trusts were as follows (in millions):

 

     2006    2005

Trust I

   $ 624    $ 626

Xerox Capital LLC(1)

     —        98
             

Total

   $ 624    $ 724
             

(1) Classified in Other current liabilities in the December 31, 2005 Consolidated Balance Sheet. This liability was settled, with no gains or losses, in February 2006 as part of the mandatory redemption of preferred securities issued by Xerox Capital LLC.

Trust I: In 1997, Xerox Capital Trust I (“Trust I”) issued 650 thousand of 8.0% preferred securities (the “Preferred Securities”) to investors for $644 ($650 liquidation value) and 20,103 shares of common securities to us for $20. With the proceeds from these

securities, Trust I purchased $670 principal amount of 8.0% Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2027 of the Company (“the Debentures”). The Debentures represent all of the assets of Trust I. On a consolidated basis, we received net proceeds of $637 which was net of fees and discounts of $13. Interest expense, together with the amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts, was $54 in 2006, 2005 and 2004. We have guaranteed (the “Guarantee”), on a subordinated basis, distributions and other payments due on the Preferred Securities. The Guarantee and our obligations under the Debentures and in the indenture pursuant to which the Debentures were issued and our obligations under the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust governing the trust, taken together, provide a full and unconditional guarantee of amounts due on the Preferred Securities. The Preferred Securities accrue and pay cash distributions semiannually at a rate of 8% per year of the stated liquidation amount of one thousand dollars per Preferred Security. The Preferred Securities are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturity of the Debentures on February 1, 2027, or earlier to the extent of any redemption by us of any Debentures. The redemption price in either such case will be one thousand dollars per share plus accrued and unpaid distributions to the date fixed for redemption.


Note 13 – Financial Instruments

 

We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial

instruments. These derivative financial instruments are utilized to hedge economic exposures as well as to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in

market rates. As permitted, certain of these derivative

contracts have been designated for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS No. 133. Certain of our derivatives


 

57


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

do not qualify for hedge accounting but are effective as economic hedges of our inventory purchases and currency exposure. These derivative contracts are accounted for using the mark-to-market accounting method and accordingly are exposed to some level of volatility. Under this method, the contracts are carried at their fair value on our consolidated balance sheet within Other assets and Other liabilities. The level of volatility will vary with the type and amount of derivative hedges outstanding, as well as fluctuations in the currency and interest rate market during the period. The related cash flow impacts of all of our derivative activities are reflected as cash flows from operating activities.

We enter into limited types of derivative contracts, including interest rate and cross currency interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency spot, forward and swap contracts and net purchased foreign currency options to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposures. Our primary foreign currency market exposures include the Japanese Yen, Euro, British pound sterling, Canadian dollar and Brazilian real. The fair market values of all our derivative contracts change with fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency rates and are designed so that any changes in their values are offset by changes in the values of the underlying exposures. Derivative financial instruments are held solely as risk management tools and not for trading or speculative purposes.

By their nature, all derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of market and credit risk not recognized in our financial statements. The market risk associated with these instruments resulting from currency exchange and interest rate movements is expected to offset the market risk of the underlying transactions, assets and liabilities being hedged. We do not believe there is significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties associated with

these instruments because these transactions are executed with a diversified group of major financial institutions. Further, our policy is to deal with counterparties having a minimum investment-grade or better credit rating. Credit risk is managed through the continuous monitoring of exposures to such counterparties.

Some of our derivative and other material contracts at December 31, 2006 require us to post cash collateral or maintain minimum cash balances in escrow. These cash amounts are reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets within Other current assets or Other long-term assets, depending on when the cash will be contractually released, as presented in Note 1-Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Rate Risk Management: We use interest rate swap agreements to manage our interest rate exposure and to achieve a desired proportion of variable and fixed rate debt. These derivatives may be designated as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges depending on the nature of the risk being hedged. Virtually all customer-financing assets earn fixed rates of interest and a portion of those assets have been matched to secured borrowings through third party funding arrangements which generally bear fixed rates of interest. These borrowings are secured by customer-financing assets and are designed to mature as we collect principal payments on the financing assets which secure them. The interest rates on a significant portion of those loans are fixed. As a result, these funding arrangements create natural match funding of the financing assets to the related debt.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, we had outstanding single currency interest rate swap agreements with aggregate notional amounts of $1.7 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. The net liability fair values at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $41 and $40, respectively.


 

58


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Fair Value Hedges: As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, pay variable/receive fixed interest rate swaps with notional amounts of $1.4 billion and $1.8 billion were designated and accounted for as fair value hedges. The swaps were structured to hedge the fair value of related debt by converting them from fixed rate instruments to variable rate instruments. No ineffective portion was recorded to earnings during 2006, 2005, or 2004. The following is a summary of our fair value hedges at December 31, 2006:

 

Debt Instrument

  

Year First

Designated

  

Notional

Amount

  

Net
Liability

Fair
Value

  

Weighted-
average

Interest

Rate Paid

   

Interest

Rate Received

    Basis    Maturity

Senior Notes due 2010

   2003/2005    $ 400    $ 8.3    7.83 %   7.13 %   Libor    2010

Notes due 2016

   2004      250      5.7    7.62 %   7.20 %   Libor    2016

Senior Notes due 2011

   2004      250      6.9    7.84 %   6.88 %   Libor    2011

Liability to Capital Trust I

   2005      450      21.4    7.46 %   8.00 %   Libor    2027
                          

Total

      $ 1,350    $ 42.3          
                          

 

Cash Flow Hedges: During 2006, pay fixed/receive variable interest rate swaps with notional amounts of £200 million ($392) and a net asset fair value of $1, associated with the Xerox Finance Limited GE Capital borrowing were designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The swaps were structured to hedge the LIBOR interest rate of the debt by converting it from a variable rate instrument to a fixed rate instrument. No ineffective portion was recorded to earnings during 2006 and 2005.

Terminated Swaps: During 2006, we terminated interest rate swaps with a notional value of $400 and a net liability fair value of $8 which had previously been designated fair value hedges of certain indebtedness. The fair value adjustments to these debt instruments are amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the notes. During 2005, we terminated interest rate swaps with a notional value of $1.3 billion and a net fair liability value of $29 which had previously been designated as fair value hedges of certain indebtedness. The fair value adjustment to these debt instruments are being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the notes. In 2006, 2005 and 2004, the amortization of these fair value adjustments reduced interest expense by $9, $11 and $9, respectively.

Foreign Exchange Risk Management: We may use certain derivative instruments to manage the exposures associated with the foreign currency exchange risks discussed below.

 

Issuance of foreign currency denominated debt

   

We enter into cross-currency interest rate swap agreements to swap the proceeds and related interest payments with a counterparty. In return, we receive and effectively denominate the debt in local functional currencies.

   

We utilize forward exchange contracts to hedge the currency exposure for interest payments on foreign currency denominated debt.

   

These derivatives may be designated as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges depending on the nature of the risk being hedged.

Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities

   

We generally utilize forward foreign exchange contracts and purchased option contracts to hedge these exposures.

   

Changes in the value of these currency derivatives are recorded in earnings together with the offsetting foreign exchange gains and losses on the underlying assets and liabilities.

Purchases of foreign-sourced inventory

   

We generally utilize forward foreign exchange contracts and purchased option contracts to hedge these anticipated transactions. These contracts generally mature in six months or less.

   

Although these contracts are intended to economically hedge foreign currency risks to the extent possible, the differences between the contract terms of our derivatives and the underlying


 

59


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

forecasted exposures reduce our ability to obtain hedge accounting. Accordingly, changes in value for these derivatives are recorded directly through earnings.

During 2006, 2005, and 2004, we recorded net currency losses of $39, $5 and $73, respectively. Net currency losses primarily result from the mark-to-market of foreign exchange contracts utilized to hedge foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, the cost of hedging foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, the re-measurement of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities and the mark-to-market impact of economic hedges of anticipated transactions for which we do not apply cash flow hedge accounting treatment.

At December 31, 2006, we had outstanding forward exchange and purchased option contracts with gross notional values of $1,733. The following is a summary of the primary hedging positions and corresponding fair values held as of December 31, 2006:

 

Currency Hedged (Buy/Sell) (in millions)

   Gross
Notional
Value
  

Fair Value

Asset

(Liability)

 

U.S. Dollar/Euro

   $ 119    $ 2  

Japanese Yen/U.S. Dollar

     228      (5 )

Euro/U.S. Dollar

     23      —    

Canadian Dollar/Euro

     173      —    

Euro/U.K. Pound Sterling

     101      —    

Canadian Dollar/U.S. Dollar

     151      (1 )

Swedish Kronor/Euro

     152      4  

Japanese Yen/Euro

     86      (1 )

Euro/Canadian Dollar

     85      —    

U.K. Pound Sterling/Euro

     334      1  

Swiss Franc/Euro

     124      (2 )

All Other

     157      1  
               

Total

   $ 1,733    $ (1 )
               

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, we had outstanding cross-currency interest rate swap agreements with aggregate notional amounts of $126 and $127, respectively. The net liability fair values at December 31,

2006 and 2005 were $9 and $5, respectively. There was only one contract outstanding at December 31, 2006 and Japanese Yen was the currency hedged.

Cash Flow Hedges: As of December 31, 2006, cross currency swaps with a notional amount of $126 were used to hedge the currency exposure for interest payments and principal on half of our Japanese Yen denominated debt of ¥30 billion $(252). In addition, forward currency contracts were used to hedge the currency exposure for interest payments on the remaining debt. These combined strategies converted the hedged cash flows to U.S. dollar denominated payments and qualified for cash flow hedge accounting.

No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income during 2006, 2005 or 2004 for our designated cash flow hedges and all components of each derivative’s gain or loss was included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”): During 2006, a $1 after-tax decrease in the fair value of cash flow hedges was recorded in AOCL while an after-tax amount of $1 was transferred to earnings as a result of scheduled payments and receipts on our cash flow hedges. This resulted in an ending gain position relating to the cash flow hedges in AOCL of $1 as of December 31, 2006.

During 2005, a $32 after-tax decrease in the fair value of cash flow hedges was recorded in AOCL while an after-tax amount of $30 was transferred to earnings as a result of scheduled payments and receipts on our cash flow hedges. This resulted in an ending gain position relating to the cash flow hedges in AOCL of $1 as of December 31, 2005.

Net Investment Hedges: We also utilize non–derivative financial instruments to hedge against the potentially adverse impacts of foreign currency fluctuations on certain of our investments in foreign entities. During 2006, $1 of net gains related to hedges of our net investments were recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment account as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss. We did not have any net investment hedges in 2005.


 

60


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The estimated fair values of our financial instruments at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

     2006    2005

(in millions)

  

Carrying

Amount

  

Fair

Value

  

Carrying

Amount

  

Fair

Value

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,399    $ 1,399    $ 1,322    $ 1,322

Short-term investments

     137      137      244      244

Accounts receivable, net

     2,199      2,199      2,037      2,037

Short-term debt

     1,485      1,487      1,139      1,134

Long-term debt

     5,660      5,917      6,139      6,312

Short-term liabilities to trusts issuing preferred securities(1)

     —        —        98      96

Long-term liabilities to trusts issuing preferred securities

     624      640      626      642

(1) Recognized as a component of Other current liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

The fair value amounts for Cash and cash equivalents and Accounts receivable, net approximate carrying amounts due to the short maturities of these instruments. The fair value of Short and Long-term debt, as well as Liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities, was estimated based on quoted market prices

for publicly traded securities or on the current rates offered to us for debt of similar maturities. The difference between the fair value and the carrying value represents the theoretical net premium or discount we would pay or receive to retire all debt at such date.


 

61


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Note 14 – Employee Benefit Plans

We sponsor numerous pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, primarily retiree health, in our U.S. and international operations. September 30 is the measurement date for most of our European plans and December 31 is the measurement date for all of our other post-retirement benefit plans, including all of our domestic plans. Refer to Note 1 – “New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes” for further information regarding adoption of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R).” Information regarding our benefit plans is presented below (in millions):

 

     Pension Benefits     Retiree Health  
     2006     2005     2006     2005  

Change in Benefit Obligation

        

Benefit obligation, January 1

   $ 10,302     $ 10,028     $ 1,653     $ 1,662  

Service cost

     244       234       19       19  

Interest cost

     732       581       92       90  

Plan participants’ contributions

     13       11       19       15  

Plan amendments

     (234 )     30       31       44  

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (85 )     527       (105 )     (54 )

Currency exchange rate changes

     564       (486 )     —         4  

Curtailments

     (2 )     (5 )     —         —    

Benefits paid/settlements

     (1,067 )     (618 )     (117 )     (127 )
                                

Benefit obligation, December 31

   $ 10,467     $ 10,302     $ 1,592     $ 1,653  
                                

Change in Plan Assets

        

Fair value of plan assets, January 1

   $ 8,444     $ 8,110     $ —       $ —    

Actual return on plan assets

     959       933       —         —    

Employer contribution

     355       388       98       112  

Plan participants’ contributions

     13       11       19       15  

Currency exchange rate changes

     513       (418 )     —         —    

Transfers/divestitures

     —         38       —         —    

Benefits paid/settlements

     (1,067 )     (618 )     (117 )     (127 )
                                

Fair value of plan assets, December 31

   $ 9,217     $ 8,444     $ —       $ —    
                                

Funded status (including under-funded and non-funded plans) at the end of year

   $ (1,250 )   $ (1,858 )   $ (1,592 )   $ (1,653 )
                    

Unamortized transition obligations

       3         —    

Unrecognized prior service credit

       (28 )       (45 )

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

       1,918         410  
                    

Net amounts recognized

     $ 35       $ (1,288 )
                    

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

        

Other long-term assets

   $ 19     $ 833     $ —       $ —    

Intangible asset

     —         9       —         —    

Accrued compensation and benefit costs

     (79 )     —         (102 )     (100 )

Pension and other benefit liabilities

     (1,190 )     (1,081 )     —         —    

Post-retirement medical benefits

     —         —         (1,490 )     (1,188 )

Minimum pension liability included in AOCL

     —         274       —         —    
                                

Net amounts recognized

   $ (1,250 )   $ 35     $ (1,592 )   $ (1,288 )
                                

 

62


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

 

    

Pension Benefits

2006

   

Retiree Health

2006

 

Net actuarial loss

   $ 1,595     $ 286  

Prior service credit

     (246 )     (1 )

Transition obligation

     1       —    
                

Total

   $ 1,350     $ 285  
                

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $9,589 and $9,248 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is presented below (in millions):

     2006    2005

Aggregate projected benefit obligation

   $ 5,316    $ 6,601

Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation

     4,856      5,826

Aggregate fair value of plan assets

     4,133      4,845

Our domestic retirement defined benefit plans provide employees a benefit, depending on eligibility, at the greater of (i) the benefit calculated under a highest average pay and years of service formula, (ii) the benefit calculated under a formula that provides for the accumulation of salary and interest credits during an employee’s work life, or (iii) the individual account balance from the Company’s prior defined contribution plan (Transitional Retirement Account or TRA).

 

     Pension Benefits     Retiree Health  

(in millions)

   2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

            

Defined benefit plans

            

Service cost

   $ 244     $ 234     $ 222     $ 19     $ 20     $ 22  

Interest cost(1)

     732       581       660       92       90       89  

Expected return on plan assets(2)

     (802 )     (622 )     (678 )     —         —         —    

Recognized net actuarial loss

     104       98       104       19       31       24  

Amortization of prior service credit

     (18 )     (3 )     (1 )     (13 )     (24 )     (24 )

Recognized net transition obligation (asset)

     2       1       (1 )     —         —         —    

Recognized curtailment/settlement loss

     93       54       44       —         —         —    
                                                

Net periodic benefit cost

     355       343       350       117       117       111  

Special termination benefits

     —         —         2       —         —         —    

Defined contribution plans

     70       71       69       —         —         —    
                                                

Total

   $ 425     $ 414     $ 421     $ 117     $ 117     $ 111  
                                                

(1) Interest cost includes interest expense on non-TRA obligations of $340, $328, and $312 and interest expense directly allocated to TRA participant accounts of $392, $253, and $348 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
(2) Expected return on plan assets includes expected investment income on non-TRA assets of $410, $369, and $330 and actual investment income on TRA assets of $392, $253, and $348 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

63


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The estimated net loss and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $133 and $(21), respectively. The estimated net loss and prior service credit for the other defined benefit postretirement plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $11 and $(12) respectively.

Pension plan assets consist of both defined benefit plan assets and assets legally restricted to the TRA accounts. The combined investment results for these plans, along with the results for our other defined benefit plans, are shown above in the actual return on plan assets caption. To the extent that investment results relate to TRA, such results are charged directly to these accounts as a component of interest cost.

Plan Amendment

During 2006 we amended one of our domestic defined benefit pension plans. The amendment changed the process of calculating benefits for certain employees who retire from or leave the Company after 2012. The new process ensures that certain benefit enhancements are only provided to plan participants who qualify to receive them based on age and years of service at termination. The prior process for years after 2012 provided some plan participants with these benefit enhancements regardless of qualification. The amendment resulted in a net decrease of $173 in the PBO and a net decrease of $20 in the ABO. The amendment also decreased net periodic pension benefit cost by $31 for the full year 2006.

 

Plan Assets

Current Allocation and Investment Targets: As of the 2006 and 2005 measurement dates, the global pension plan assets were $9.2 billion and $8.4 billion, respectively. These assets were invested among several asset classes. The amount and percentage of assets invested in each asset class as of each of these dates is shown below:

 

     Asset Value    Percentage of
Total Assets
 

(in millions)

   2006    2005    2006     2005  

Asset Category

          

Equity securities(1)

   $ 4,971    $ 4,830    54 %   57 %

Debt securities(1)

     3,319      2,723    36     32  

Real estate

     728      504    8     6  

Other

     199      387    2     5  
                          

Total

   $ 9,217    $ 8,444    100 %   100 %
                          

(1) None of the investments include debt or equity securities of Xerox Corporation.

Investment Strategy: The target asset allocations for our worldwide plans for 2006 were 53% invested in equities, 39% invested in fixed income, 7% invested in real estate and 1% invested in Other. The target asset allocations for our worldwide plans for 2005 were 54% invested in equities, 39% invested in fixed income, 6% invested in real estate and 1% invested in Other. The pension assets outside of the U.S. as of the 2006 and 2005 measurement dates were $5.1 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively.

The target asset allocations for the U.S. pension plan include 64% invested in equities, 30% in fixed income, 5% in real estate and 1% in other investments. Cash investments are sufficient to handle expected cash requirements for benefit payments and will vary throughout the year. The expected long-term rate of return on the U.S. pension assets is 8.75%.

We employ a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by exceeding the interest growth in long-term plan liabilities. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. This consideration involves the use of long-term


 

64


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

measures that address both return and risk. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S and non-U.S. stocks as well as growth, value, and small and large capitalizations. Other assets such as real estate, private equity, and hedge funds are used to improve portfolio diversification. Derivatives may be used to hedge market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investments. Investment risks and returns are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through annual liability measurements and quarterly investment portfolio reviews.

Expected Long Term Rate of Return: We employ a “building block” approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term relationships between equities and fixed income are assessed. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long-term portfolio return is established giving consideration to investment diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed periodically to assess reasonableness and appropriateness.

Contributions: We expect to contribute approximately $130 to our worldwide defined benefit pension plans and approximately $100 to our other post retirement benefit plans in 2007. The 2007 expected pension plan contributions do not include any planned contribution for our domestic tax-qualified plans because there are no required contributions to these plans for the 2007 fiscal year. However, once the January 1, 2007 actuarial valuations and projected results as of the end of the 2007 measurement year are available, the desirability

of additional contributions will be reassessed. Based on these results, we may voluntarily decide to contribute to these plans, even though no contribution is required. In 2006 and 2005, after making this assessment, we decided to contribute $228 and $230, respectively, to our domestic tax qualified plans in order to make them 100% funded on a current liability basis under the ERISA funding rules. In addition, our debt ratings, which are periodically reviewed by major rating agencies, have steadily improved over the past three years. Since the rating on the Company’s senior unsecured debt has now reached investment grade, the Company will have increased flexibility when considering these funding decisions.

In 2006, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “Act”) was enacted into law. The Act alters the manner in which liabilities and asset values are determined for the purpose of calculating required pension contributions and the timing and manner in which required contributions to under-funded pension plans would be made. While we are still evaluating the Act, at this time we do not expect it to have any significant effect on our current funding strategy for our U.S. pension plans. In the past, our strategy has been to be fully funded on a current liability basis.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments: The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid (in millions):

 

    

Pension

Benefits

  

Retiree

Health

2007

   $ 688    $     102

2008

     561      115

2009

     617      123

2010

     687      127

2011

     674      128

Years 2012-2016

     3,586      665

Assumptions

 

     Pension Benefits     Retiree Health  
     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the plan measurement dates

            

Discount rate

   5.3 %   5.2 %   5.6 %   5.8 %   5.6 %   5.8 %

Rate of compensation increase

   4.1     3.9     4.0     —   (1)   —   (1)   —   (1)

(1) Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to our other benefits as compensation levels do not impact earned benefits.

 

65


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

     Pension Benefits     Retiree Health  
     2007     2006     2005     2004     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31

                

Discount rate

   5.3 %   5.2 %   5.6 %   5.8 %   5.8 %   5.6 %   5.8 %   6.0 %

Expected return on plan assets

   7.6     7.8     8.0     8.1     —   (1)   —   (1)   —   (1)   —   (1)

Rate of compensation increase

   4.1     3.9     4.0     3.9     —   (2)   —   (2)   —   (2)   —   (2)

(1) Expected return on plan assets is not applicable to our other benefits as these plans are unfunded.
(2) Rate of compensation increase is not applicable to our other benefits as compensation levels do not impact earned benefits.

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31

 

     2006     2005  

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   9.9 %   10.9 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

   5.2 %   5.2 %

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2011     2011  

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (in millions):

 

    

One-percentage-point

increase

  

One-percentage-point

decrease

 

Effect on total service and interest cost components

   $ 5    $ (4 )

Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation

     77      (68 )

Note 15 – Income and Other Taxes

Income before income taxes for the three years ended December 31, 2006 were as follows (in millions):

 

     2006    2005    2004

Domestic income

   $ 429    $ 386    $ 426

Foreign income

     379      444      539
                    

Income before income taxes

   $ 808    $ 830    $ 965
                    

(Benefits) provisions for income taxes for the three years ended December 31, 2006 were as follows (in millions):

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Federal income taxes

      

Current

   $ (448 )   $ (94 )   $ 26  

Deferred

     94       (59 )     114  

Foreign income taxes

      

Current

     50       95       178  

Deferred

     (9 )     37       21  

State income taxes

      

Current

     11       9       (19 )

Deferred

     14       7       20  
                        

Total

   $ (288 )   $ (5 )   $ 340  
                        

 

66


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the consolidated effective income tax rate for the three years ended December 31, 2006 was as follows:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Nondeductible expenses

   1.4     3.4     3.4  

Effect of tax law changes

   (1.8 )   0.3     (1.5 )

Change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

   1.4     (4.6 )   1.3  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

   1.8     1.6     1.3  

Audit and other tax return adjustments

   (62.5 )   (25.5 )   0.7  

Tax-exempt income

   (0.9 )   (0.7 )   (0.7 )

Dividends on Series B convertible preferred stock

   —       —       (0.6 )

Other foreign, including earnings taxed at different rates

   (10.5 )   (10.3 )   (2.4 )

Other

   0.5     0.2     (1.3 )
                  

Effective income tax rate

   (35.6 )%   (0.6 )%   35.2 %
                  

 

On a consolidated basis, we paid a total of $76, $186, and $253 in income taxes to federal, foreign and state jurisdictions in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Total income tax (benefit) expense for the three years ended December 31, 2006 was allocated as follows (in millions):

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Income taxes on income

   $ (288 )   $ (5 )   $ 340  

Common shareholders’ equity(1)

     (466 )     (43 )     (20 )
                        

Total

   $ (754 )   $ (48 )   $ 320  
                        

(1) This consists of the tax effects of items in accumulated other comprehensive loss and tax benefits related to stock option and incentive plans. 2006 includes the effects of the adoption of FAS 158-See Note 1 for further information.

General Tax Contingencies and Audit Resolutions:

We are subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various jurisdictions. Accordingly, we may record incremental tax expense based upon the probable outcomes of such matters. In addition, when applicable, we adjust the previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results. Our ongoing assessments of the probable outcomes of the examinations and related tax positions require judgment and can materially increase or decrease our effective tax rate, as well as impact our operating results.

 

2006: In the first quarter 2006, we recognized an income tax benefit of $24 from the favorable resolution of certain tax issues associated with our 1999–2003 Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) audit which at the time had not yet been finalized. In the second quarter 2006, we recognized an income tax benefit of $46 related to the favorable resolution of certain tax matters associated with the finalization of foreign tax audits. In the third quarter 2006, we received notice that the U.S. Joint Committee on Taxation had completed its review of our 1999–2003 IRS audit and as a result of that review our audit for those years had been finalized. Accordingly, we recorded an aggregate income tax benefit of $448 associated with the favorable resolution of certain tax matters from this audit. The recorded benefit will not result in a significant cash refund, but we expect it to increase tax credit carryforwards and reduce taxes otherwise potentially due.

2005: In June 2005, the 1996-1998 IRS audit was finalized. As a result, we recorded an aggregate second quarter 2005 net income benefit of $343. $260 of this benefit, which includes an after-tax benefit of $33 for interest ($54 pre-tax benefit), is the result of a change in tax law that allowed us to recognize a benefit for $1.2 billion of capital losses associated with the disposition of our insurance group operations in those years. The claim of additional losses and related tax benefits required review by the U.S. Joint Committee on Taxation, which was completed in June 2005. The benefit did not result in a significant cash refund, but increased tax credit carryforwards and reduced taxes otherwise potentially due.


 

67


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

The $343 benefit also includes after-tax benefits of $83 related to the favorable resolution of certain other tax matters. Of this amount, $53 was related to previously

discontinued operations and is reported within Income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income.


Deferred Income Taxes

 

In substantially all instances, deferred income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and other foreign investments carried at equity. The amount of such earnings included in consolidated retained earnings at December 31, 2006 was approximately $7 billion. These earnings have been indefinitely reinvested and we currently do not plan to initiate any action that would precipitate the payment of income taxes thereon. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional tax that might be payable on the foreign earnings. Our 2001 sale of half of our ownership interest in Fuji Xerox, resulted in our investment no longer qualifying as a foreign corporate joint venture. Accordingly, deferred taxes are required to be provided on the undistributed earnings of Fuji Xerox, arising subsequent to such date, as we no longer have the ability to ensure indefinite reinvestment.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred taxes at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows (in millions):

 

     2006     2005  

Tax effect of future tax deductions

    

Research and development

   $ 1,133     $ 1,173  

Post-retirement medical benefits

     576       478  

Depreciation

     261       271  

Net operating losses

     553       480  

Other operating reserves

     197       307  

Tax credit carryforwards

     354       346  

Deferred compensation

     232       185  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     108       118  

Restructuring reserves

     70       69  

Pension

     300       32  

Other

     129       134  
                
     3,913       3,593  

Valuation allowance

     (647 )     (590 )
                

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 3,266     $ 3,003  
                
     2006     2005  

Tax effect of future taxable income

    

Unearned income and installment sales

   $ (1,277 )   $ (1,303 )

Other

     (31 )     (42 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (1,308 )     (1,345 )
                

Total deferred taxes, net

   $ 1,958     $ 1,658  
                

The above amounts are classified as current or long-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in accordance with the asset or liability to which they relate or, when applicable, based on the expected timing of the reversal. Current deferred tax assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005 amounted to $271 and $290, respectively.

The deferred tax assets for the respective periods were assessed for recoverability and, where applicable, a valuation allowance was recorded to reduce the total deferred tax asset to an amount that will, more likely than not, be realized in the future. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of January 1, 2005 was $567. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was an increase of $57 and an increase of $23, respectively. The valuation allowance relates primarily to certain net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and deductible temporary differences for which we have concluded it is more likely than not that these items will not be realized in the ordinary course of operations.

Although realization is not assured, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance was determined to be unnecessary will be realized in the ordinary course of operations based on the available positive and negative evidence, including scheduling of deferred tax liabilities and projected income from operating activities. The amount of the net deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if actual future income or income tax rates are lower than estimated, or if there are differences in the timing or amount of future reversals of existing taxable or deductible temporary differences.


 

68


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

At December 31, 2006, we had tax credit carryforwards of $354 available to offset future income taxes, of which $221 are available to carryforward indefinitely while the remaining $133 will begin to expire, if not utilized, in 2007. We also had net operating

loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $238 that will expire in 2007 through 2024, if not utilized, and $2.8 billion available to offset future taxable income indefinitely.


Note 16 – Contingencies

 

Guarantees, Indemnifications and Warranty Liabilities:

Guarantees and claims arise during the ordinary course of business from relationships with suppliers, customers and nonconsolidated affiliates when the Company undertakes an obligation to guarantee the performance of others if specified triggering events occur. Nonperformance under a contract could trigger an obligation of the Company. These potential claims include actions based upon alleged exposures to products, real estate, intellectual property such as patents, environmental matters, and other indemnifications. The ultimate effect on future financial results is not subject to reasonable estimation because considerable uncertainty exists as to the final outcome of these claims. However, while the ultimate liabilities resulting from such claims may be significant to results of operations in the period recognized, management does not anticipate they will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or liquidity. As of December 31, 2006, we have accrued our estimate of liability incurred under our indemnification arrangements and guarantees.

Indemnifications provided as part of contracts and agreements: We are a party to the following types of agreements pursuant to which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters:

   

Contracts that we entered into for the sale or purchase of businesses or real estate assets, under which we customarily agree to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and covenants, including obligations to pay rent. Typically, these relate to such matters as adequate title to assets sold, intellectual property rights, specified environmental matters and certain income taxes arising prior to the date of acquisition.

   

Guarantees on behalf of our subsidiaries with respect to real estate leases. These lease guarantees may remain in effect subsequent to the sale of the subsidiary.

   

Agreements to indemnify various service providers, trustees and bank agents from any third party claims related to their performance on our behalf, with the exception of claims that result from third-party’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence.

   

Guarantees of our performance in certain sales and services contracts to our customers and indirectly the performance of third parties with whom we have subcontracted for their services. This includes indemnifications to customers for losses that may be sustained as a result of the use of our equipment at a customer’s location.

In each of these circumstances, our payment is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow us to challenge the other party’s claims. In the case of lease guarantees, we may contest the liabilities asserted under the lease. Further, our obligations under these agreements and guarantees may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some instances, we may have recourse against third parties for certain payments we made.

Patent indemnifications: In most sales transactions to resellers of our products, we indemnify against possible claims of patent infringement caused by our products or solutions. These indemnifications usually do not include limits on the claims, provided the claim is made pursuant to the procedures required in the sales contract.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors: Our corporate by-laws require that, except to the extent expressly prohibited by law, we must indemnify Xerox Corporation’s officers and directors against judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, including legal fees and all appeals, incurred in connection with civil or criminal action or proceedings, as it relates to their services to Xerox Corporation and our subsidiaries. Although the by-laws provide no limit on the amount of


 

69


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

indemnification, we may have recourse against our insurance carriers for certain payments made by us. However, certain indemnification payments may not be covered under our directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage. In addition, we indemnify certain fiduciaries of our employee benefit plans for liabilities incurred in their service as fiduciary whether or not they are officers of the Company.

Product Warranty Liabilities: In connection with our normal sales of equipment, including those under sales-type leases, we generally do not issue product warranties. Our arrangements typically involve a separate full service maintenance agreement with the customer. The agreements generally extend over a period equivalent to the lease term or the expected useful life under a cash sale. The service agreements involve the payment of fees

in return for our performance of repairs and maintenance. As a consequence, we do not have any significant product warranty obligations including any obligations under customer satisfaction programs. In a few circumstances, particularly in certain cash sales, we may issue a limited product warranty if negotiated by the customer. We also issue warranties for certain of our lower-end products in the Office segment, where full service maintenance agreements are not available. In these instances, we record warranty obligations at the time of the sale. Aggregate product warranty liability expenses for the three years ended as of December 31, 2006 were $43, $45 and $45, respectively. Total product warranty liabilities as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $22 and $21, respectively.


Other contingencies

 

Brazil Tax and Labor Contingencies: Our Brazilian operations were involved in various litigation matters and have received or been the subject of numerous governmental assessments related to indirect and other taxes as well as disputes associated with former employees and contract labor. The tax matters, which comprise a significant portion of the total contingencies, principally relate to claims for taxes on the internal transfer of inventory, municipal service taxes on rentals and gross revenue taxes. We are disputing these tax matters and intend to vigorously defend our position. Based on the opinion of legal counsel, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will materially impact our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The labor matters principally relate to claims made by former employees and contract labor for the equivalent payment of all social security and other related labor benefits, as well as consequential tax claims, as if they were regular employees. Following our assessment of a negative trend in recent settlements and a decision to change our legal strategy, we reassessed the probable estimated loss on these matters and, as a result,

recorded an additional provision of $68 in 2006. As of December 31, 2006, the total amounts related to the unreserved portion of the tax and labor contingencies, inclusive of any related interest, amounted to approximately $960, with the increase from December 31, 2005 balance of $900 primarily related to indexation, interest and currency partially offset by the additional provision. In connection with the above proceedings, customary local regulations may require us to make escrow cash deposits or post other security of up to half of the total amount in dispute. As of December 31, 2006 we had $154 of escrow cash deposits for matters we are disputing and there are liens on certain Brazilian assets with a net book value of $18 and additional letters of credit of approximately $60. Generally, any escrowed amounts would be refundable and any liens would be removed to the extent the matters are resolved in our favor. We routinely assess all these matters as to probability of ultimately incurring a liability against our Brazilian operations and record our best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where we assess the likelihood of an ultimate loss as probable of occurring.


 

70


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Legal Matters

 

As more fully discussed below, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings concerning securities law, intellectual property law, environmental law, employment law and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our litigation and regulatory matters using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters, which involves an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Should developments in any of these matters cause a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome and result in the need to recognize a material accrual, or should any of these matters result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change in determination, judgment or settlement occurs.

Litigation Against the Company:

In re Xerox Corporation Securities Litigation: A consolidated securities law action (consisting of 17 cases) is pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. Defendants are the Company, Barry Romeril, Paul Allaire and G. Richard Thoman. The consolidated action purports to be a class action on behalf of the named plaintiffs and all other purchasers of common stock of the Company during the period between October 22, 1998 through October 7, 1999 (“Class Period”). The amended consolidated complaint in the action alleges that in violation of Section 10(b) and/or 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“1934 Act”), and SEC Rule 10b-5 thereunder, each of the defendants is liable as a participant in a fraudulent scheme and course of business that operated as a fraud or deceit on purchasers of the Company’s common stock during the Class Period by disseminating materially false and misleading statements and/or concealing material facts relating to the defendants’ alleged failure to disclose the material negative impact that the April 1998

restructuring had on the Company’s operations and revenues. The amended complaint further alleges that the alleged scheme: (i) deceived the investing public regarding the economic capabilities, sales proficiencies, growth, operations and the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock; (ii) allowed several corporate insiders, such as the named individual defendants, to sell shares of privately held common stock of the Company while in possession of materially adverse, non-public information; and (iii) caused the individual plaintiffs and the other members of the purported class to purchase common stock of the Company at inflated prices. The amended consolidated complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages in favor of the plaintiffs and the other members of the purported class against all defendants, jointly and severally, for all damages sustained as a result of defendants’ alleged wrongdoing, including interest thereon, together with reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the action, including counsel fees and expert fees. On September 28, 2001, the court denied the defendants’ motion for dismissal of the complaint. On November 5, 2001, the defendants answered the complaint. On or about January 7, 2003, the plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification. Xerox and the individual defendants filed their opposition to that motion on June 28, 2005. On or about November 8, 2004, the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Welfare Fund of Local Union No. 164 (“IBEW”) filed a motion to intervene as a named plaintiff and class representative. Separately, on June 8, 2005, IBEW and Robert W. Roten (“Roten”) moved to substitute as lead plaintiffs and proposed class representatives. On May 12, 2006, the court denied, without prejudice to refiling, plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, IBEW’s motion to intervene and serve as named plaintiff and class representative, and IBEW and Roten’s joint motion to substitute as lead plaintiffs and proposed class representatives. The court also ordered the parties to submit to it a notice to certain putative class members to inform them of the circumstances surrounding the withdrawal of several lead plaintiffs, and to advise them of the opportunity to express their desire to serve as a representative of the putative class. On July 25, 2006, the court so-ordered a form of notice, and plaintiffs thereafter distributed the notice. Thereafter, Roten, Robert Agius


 

71


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

(“Agius”) and Georgia Stanley (“Stanley”) filed applications to be considered lead plaintiff. On November 13, 2006, IBEW, Roten, Agius and Stanley filed a motion for appointment as additional lead plaintiffs. Defendants filed their response on November 28, 2006. On February 2, 2007, the Court granted the motion of IBEW, Roten, Agius and Stanley and appointed them as additional lead plaintiffs. The parties are currently engaged in discovery. The individual defendants and we deny any wrongdoing and are vigorously defending the action. Based on the stage of the litigation, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this matter.

Carlson v. Xerox Corporation, et al.: A consolidated securities law action (consisting of 21 cases) is pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut against the Company, KPMG and Paul A. Allaire, G. Richard Thoman, Anne M. Mulcahy, Barry D. Romeril, Gregory Tayler and Philip Fishbach. On September 11, 2002, the court entered an endorsement order granting plaintiffs’ motion to file a third consolidated amended complaint. The defendants’ motion to dismiss the second consolidated amended complaint was denied, as moot. According to the third consolidated amended complaint, plaintiffs purport to bring this case as a class action on behalf of an expanded class consisting of all persons and/or entities who purchased Xerox common stock and/or bonds during the period between February 17, 1998 through June 28, 2002 and who were purportedly damaged thereby (“Class”). The third consolidated amended complaint sets forth two claims: one alleging that each of the Company, KPMG, and the individual defendants violated Section 10(b) of the 1934 Act and SEC Rule 10b-5 thereunder; the other alleging that the individual defendants are also allegedly liable as “controlling persons” of the Company pursuant to Section 20(a) of the 1934 Act. Plaintiffs claim that the defendants participated in a fraudulent scheme that operated as a fraud and deceit on purchasers of the Company’s common stock and bonds by disseminating materially false and misleading statements and/or concealing material adverse facts relating to various of the Company’s accounting and reporting practices and financial condition. The plaintiffs further allege that this scheme deceived the investing public regarding the true state of the Company’s financial condition and caused

the plaintiffs and other members of the alleged Class to purchase the Company’s common stock and bonds at artificially inflated prices, and prompted a SEC investigation that led to the April 11, 2002 settlement which, among other things, required the Company to pay a $10 penalty and restate its financials for the years 1997-2000 (including restatement of financials previously corrected in an earlier restatement which plaintiffs contend was improper). The third consolidated amended complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages in favor of the plaintiffs and the other Class members against all defendants, jointly and severally, including interest thereon, together with reasonable costs and expenses, including counsel fees and expert fees. On December 2, 2002, the Company and the individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On July 13, 2005, the court denied the motion. On October 31, 2005, the defendants answered the complaint. On January 19, 2006, plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification. That motion has not been fully briefed or argued before the court. The parties are engaged in discovery. The individual defendants and we deny any wrongdoing and are vigorously defending the action. Based on the stage of the litigation, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this matter.

Florida State Board of Administration, et al. v. Xerox Corporation, et al.: A securities law action brought by four institutional investors, namely the Florida State Board of Administration, the Teachers’ Retirement System of Louisiana, Franklin Mutual Advisers and PPM America, Inc., is pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut against the Company, Paul Allaire, G. Richard Thoman, Barry Romeril, Anne Mulcahy, Philip Fishbach, Gregory Tayler and KPMG. The plaintiffs bring this action individually on their own behalves. In an amended complaint filed on October 3, 2002, one or more of the plaintiffs allege that each of the Company, the individual defendants and KPMG violated Sections 10(b) and 18 of the 1934 Act, SEC Rule 10b-5 thereunder, the Florida Securities Investors Protection Act, Fl. Stat. ss. 517.301, and the Louisiana Securities Act, R.S. 51:712(A). The plaintiffs further claim that the individual defendants are each liable as “controlling persons” of the Company pursuant to Section 20 of the


 

72


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

1934 Act and that each of the defendants is liable for common law fraud and negligent misrepresentation. The complaint generally alleges that the defendants participated in a scheme and course of conduct that deceived the investing public by disseminating materially false and misleading statements and/or concealing material adverse facts relating to the Company’s financial condition and accounting and reporting practices. The plaintiffs contend that in relying on false and misleading statements allegedly made by the defendants, at various times from 1997 through 2000 they bought shares of the Company’s common stock at artificially inflated prices. As a result, they allegedly suffered aggregated cash losses in excess of $200. The plaintiffs further contend that the alleged fraudulent scheme prompted a SEC investigation that led to the April 11, 2002 settlement which, among other things, required the Company to pay a $10 penalty and restate its financials for the years 1997-2000 including restatement of financials previously corrected in an earlier restatement which plaintiffs contend was false and misleading. The plaintiffs seek, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages against the Company, the individual defendants and KPMG, jointly and severally, including prejudgment interest thereon, together with the costs and disbursements of the action, including their actual attorneys’ and experts’ fees. On December 2, 2002, the Company and the individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss all claims in the complaint that are in common with the claims in the Carlson action. On July 13, 2005, the court denied the motion. On December 9, 2005, the defendants moved to dismiss claims based on issues uniquely related to plaintiffs. That motion has been fully briefed, but has not been argued before the court. The court has not issued a ruling. The parties are engaged in discovery. The individual defendants and we deny any wrongdoing and are vigorously defending the action. Based on the stage of the litigation, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this matter.

In Re Xerox Corp. ERISA Litigation: On July 1, 2002, a class action complaint captioned Patti v. Xerox Corp. et al. was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut (Hartford) alleging violations of the ERISA. Three additional class actions (Hopkins, Uebele and Saba) were subsequently filed in

the same court making substantially similar claims. On October 16, 2002, the four actions were consolidated as In Re Xerox Corporation ERISA Litigation. On November 15, 2002, a consolidated amended complaint was filed. A fifth class action (Wright) was filed in the District of Columbia. It has been transferred to Connecticut and consolidated with the other actions. The purported class includes all persons who invested or maintained investments in the Xerox Stock Fund in the Xerox 401(k) Plans (either salaried or union) during the proposed class period, May 12, 1997 through November 15, 2002, and allegedly exceeds 50,000 persons. The defendants include Xerox Corporation and the following individuals or groups of individuals during the proposed class period: the Plan Administrator, the Board of Directors, the Fiduciary Investment Review Committee, the Joint Administrative Board, the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors, and the Treasurer. The complaint claims that all the foregoing defendants were fiduciaries of the Plan under ERISA and, as such, were obligated to protect the Plan’s assets and act in the interest of Plan participants. The complaint alleges that the defendants failed to do so and thereby breached their fiduciary duties. Specifically, plaintiffs claim that the defendants failed to provide accurate and complete material information to participants concerning Xerox stock, including accounting practices which allegedly artificially inflated the value of the stock, and misled participants regarding the soundness of the stock and the prudence of investing their retirement assets in Xerox stock. Plaintiffs also claim that defendants failed to invest Plan assets prudently, to monitor the other fiduciaries and to disregard Plan directives they knew or should have known were imprudent, and failed to avoid conflicts of interest. The complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought. However, it asks that the losses to the Plan be restored, which it describes as “millions of dollars.” It also seeks other legal and equitable relief, as appropriate, to remedy the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, as well as interest, costs and attorneys’ fees. We filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. The plaintiffs subsequently filed a motion for class certification and a motion to commence discovery. Defendants have opposed both motions, contending that both are premature before there is a decision on their motion to dismiss. In the fall of 2004, the Court requested an updated briefing on our motion to dismiss and update


 

73


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

briefs were filed in December of that year. On March 31, 2006, the Court granted our motion to postpone consideration of class certification pending disposition of our motion to dismiss, and granted plaintiffs motion to commence formal discovery. We and the other defendants deny any wrongdoing and are vigorously defending the action. Based on the stage of the litigation, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this matter.

Digwamaje et al. v. IBM et al: A purported class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York on September 27, 2002. Service of the First Amended Complaint on the Company was deemed effective as of December 6, 2002. On March 19, 2003, Plaintiffs filed a Second Amended Complaint that eliminated a number of corporate defendants but was otherwise identical in all material respects to the First Amended Complaint. The defendants include Xerox and a number of other corporate defendants who are accused of providing material assistance to the apartheid government in South Africa from 1948 to 1994, by engaging in commerce in South Africa and with the South African government and by employing forced labor, thereby violating both international and common law. Specifically, plaintiffs claim violations of the Alien Tort Claims Act, the Torture Victims Protection Act and RICO. They also assert human rights violations and crimes against humanity. Plaintiffs seek compensatory damages in excess of $200 billion and punitive damages in excess of $200 billion. The foregoing damages are being sought from all defendants, jointly and severally. Xerox filed a motion to dismiss the Second Amended Complaint. Oral argument of the motion was heard on November 6, 2003. By Memorandum Opinion and Order filed November 29, 2004, the court granted the motion to dismiss. A clerk’s judgment of dismissal was filed on November 30, 2004. On December 27, 2004, the Company received a notice of appeal dated December 24, 2004. On February 16, 2005, the parties filed a stipulation withdrawing the December 24, 2004 appeal on the ground that the November 30, 2004 judgment of dismissal was not appealable. On March 28, 2005, Plaintiffs submitted a letter requesting permission to file a motion for leave to file an amended and consolidated complaint. By Summary Order filed April 6, 2005, the Court denied the

request. In a second Summary Order filed the same day, the Court amended its November 29, 2004, Opinion and Order, which dismissed the action, so as to render the Opinion and Order appealable and plaintiffs filed a new appeal on May 3, 2005. On August 19, 2005, plaintiffs-appellants filed their brief in the Second Circuit Court of Appeals. On October 4, 2005, defendants-appellees filed their brief in the Second Circuit Court of Appeals. Oral argument in the Second Circuit Court of Appeals was held on January 24, 2006. Xerox denies any wrongdoing and is vigorously defending the action. Based upon the stage of the litigation, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this matter.

Arbitration between MPI Technologies, Inc. and Xerox Canada Ltd. and Xerox Corporation: In an arbitration proceeding the hearing of which commenced on January 18, 2005, MPI Technologies, Inc. and MPI Tech S.A. (collectively “MPI”) sought damages from Xerox Corporation and Xerox Canada Ltd. (“XCL”) for royalties owed under a license agreement made as of March 15, 1994 between MPI and XCL (the “Agreement”) and breach of fiduciary duty, breach of confidence, equitable royalties and punitive damages and disgorgement of profits and injunctive relief with respect to a claim of copyright infringement. On September 9, 2005, the arbitration panel rendered its decision, holding in part that the Agreement had been assigned to Xerox and that no punitive damages should be granted, and awarded MPI approximately $89, plus interest thereon. On December 12, 2005, the arbitration panel rendered its decision on the applicable rate of pre-judgment interest resulting in an award of $13 for pre- and post-judgment interest. In June 2006, Xerox’s application for judicial review of the award, seeking to have the award set aside in its entirety, was heard by the Ontario Superior Court in Toronto. The Ontario Superior Court issued a decision on November 30, 2006 dismissing Xerox’s appeal. In December 2006, Xerox released all monies and software it had placed in escrow prior to its application for review in satisfaction of the arbitration panel’s final award. On January 30, 2007, Xerox and XCL served an arbitration claim against MPI seeking a declaratory award concerning the preclusive effect of the remedy awarded by the prior arbitration panel. MPI has notified Xerox that it intends to respond to the arbitration demand with its own claims and/or counterclaims.


 

74


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

National Union Fire Insurance Company v. Xerox Corporation, et al.: On October 24, 2003, a declaratory judgment action was filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York against the Company and several current and former officers and/or

members of the Board of Directors. Plaintiff claims that

it issued an Excess Directors & Officers Liability and Corporate Reimbursement Policy to the Company in reliance on information from the Company that allegedly misrepresented the Company’s financial condition and outlook. The policy at issue provides for $25 of coverage as a component of the company reimbursement portion of an insurance program that provides for up to $135 coverage (after deductibles and coinsurance and subject to other policy limitations and requirements) over a three-year period. However, $10 of the entire amount may be unavailable due to the liquidation of one of the other insurers. Plaintiff seeks judgment (i) that it is entitled to rescind the policy as void from the outset; (ii) in the alternative, limiting coverage under the policy and awarding plaintiff damages in an unspecified amount representing that portion of any required payment under the policy that is attributable to the Company’s and the individual defendants’ own misconduct; and (iii) for the costs and disbursement of the action and such other relief as the court deems just and proper. On December 19, 2003, the Company and individual defendants moved to dismiss the complaint. On November 10, 2004, the Court issued an opinion partially granting and partially denying the motions. Among other things, the Court granted the motions to dismiss all of the claims for rescission and denied plaintiff’s request to replead. The Court denied the Company’s and some of the individual defendants’ motions to dismiss certain claims that seek to limit coverage based on particular provisions in the policy and that at least in part related to settlement with the SEC. Plaintiff filed notices of appeal on January 10, 2005 and February 11, 2005. By order entered on January 3, 2006, the Appellate Division affirmed the portions of the Court’s November 10, 2004 decision which dismissed several of plaintiff’s claims and denied leave to replead. On February 2, 2006, plaintiff moved for reargument or for leave to appeal to the Court of Appeals. On May 30, 2006, the Appellate Division denied plaintiff’s motion. Separately, on February 22, 2005, the defendants filed a motion seeking dismissal of any remaining claims in light of Xerox’s representation that it will not seek

coverage from plaintiff for settlement payments to the SEC. By order dated July 12, 2005, the Court denied the motion. On August 23, 2005, defendants moved for leave to reargue the February 22 motion and separately moved for leave to renew the December 19, 2003 motions. On April 10, 2006, the court issued an order granting those motions, dismissing one cause of action and partially dismissing the two other causes of action that were the subject of those motions. Subsequently, at a status conference on May 4, 2006, the parties appeared before the Court and discussed inconsistencies between the Court’s April 10, 2006 order and its November 10, 2004 decision. As a result, on May 5, 2006 the court executed an order, which was later rendered on July 27, 2006, withdrawing the April 10, 2006 order and substituting a new order which clarified and confirmed the dismissal of all claims asserted in the original complaint. On August 31, 2006, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal (to the Appellate Division) of the May 5, 2006 order. In addition, on September 5, 2006, plaintiff served a motion to the Court of Appeals seeking leave to appeal directly to that court from the May 5, 2006 order, and seeking review of the Appellate Division’s January 3, 2006 order. On November 20, 2006, the Court of Appeals denied plaintiff’s motion. Plaintiff had earlier filed an amended complaint on February 27, 2006, naming all defendants named in the original complaint and adding four causes of action against Xerox only, as well as a demand for unspecified monetary relief. On May 11, 2006, Xerox served its motion to dismiss the amended complaint and for sanctions. On August 2, 2006, the Court granted Xerox’s motion to dismiss and for sanctions. All claims asserted by National Union now have been dismissed. In accordance with the Court’s instructions during the August 2, 2006 oral argument, Xerox submitted an affidavit, sworn to on August 16, 2006, specifying the precise amount of fees and sanctions requested by Xerox. On September 11, 2006, National Union submitted an opposition to Xerox’s specific request for fees and sanctions and requested a hearing before the Court. The Court has not scheduled a hearing on the fees issues, nor has it issued a decision.

Warren, et al. v. Xerox Corporation: On March 11, 2004, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York entered an order certifying a nationwide class of all black salespersons employed by Xerox from February 1, 1997 to the present under Title


 

75


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and the Civil Rights Act of 1871. The suit was commenced on May 9, 2001 by six black sales representatives. The plaintiffs allege that Xerox has engaged in a pattern or practice of race discrimination against them and other black sales representatives by assigning them to less desirable sales territories, denying them promotional opportunities, and paying them less than their white counterparts. Although the complaint does not specify the amount of damages sought, plaintiffs do seek, on behalf of themselves and the classes they seek to represent, front and back pay, compensatory and punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees. We deny any wrongdoing. Fact discovery has concluded and expert reports have been exchanged. Following three days of mediation with a private mediator, a tentative agreement was reached, the terms of which are not material to Xerox. Counsel for the parties are working on drafting mutually-acceptable language for a settlement agreement and release. The agreement will be subject to a fairness hearing and court approval.

Derivative Litigation Brought on Behalf of the Company:

Pall v. KPMG, et al.: On May 13, 2003, a shareholder commenced a derivative action in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut against KPMG and four of its current or former partners. The Company was named as a nominal defendant. The plaintiff had filed an earlier derivative action against certain current and former members of the Xerox Board of Directors and KPMG. That action, captioned Pall v. Buehler, et al., was dismissed for lack of jurisdiction. Plaintiff purports to bring this current action derivatively on behalf and for the benefit of the Company seeking damages allegedly caused to the Company by KPMG and the named individual defendants. The plaintiff asserts claims for contribution under the securities laws, negligence, negligent misrepresentation, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty and indemnification. The plaintiff seeks unspecified compensatory damages (together with pre-judgment and post-judgment interest), a declaratory judgment that defendants violated and/or aided and abetted the breach of fiduciary and professional duties to the Company, an award of punitive damages for the Company against the defendants, plus the costs and disbursements of the action. On November 7, 2003, the Company filed a

limited motion to dismiss the complaint on jurisdictional grounds and reserved its right to seek dismissal on other grounds, if the court denies the initial motion. KPMG and the individual defendants also filed limited motions to dismiss on the same grounds. On September 29, 2006, the Court issued an order granting the motions and dismissing all claims. The court entered judgment in favor of the defendants on October 10, 2006. Plaintiff has not filed an appeal and the time to appeal has expired.

Other Matters:

It is our policy to promptly and carefully investigate, often with the assistance of outside advisers, allegations of impropriety that may come to our attention. If the allegations are substantiated, appropriate prompt remedial action is taken. When and where appropriate, we report such matters to the U.S. Department of Justice and to the SEC, and/or make public disclosure.

India: In recent years we have become aware of a number of matters at our Indian subsidiary, Xerox Modicorp Ltd., that occurred over a period of several years, much of which occurred before we obtained majority ownership of these operations in mid 1999. These matters include misappropriations of funds and payments to other companies that may have been inaccurately recorded on the subsidiary’s books and certain improper payments in connection with sales to government customers. These transactions were not material to the Company’s financial statements. We have reported these transactions to the Indian authorities, the U.S. Department of Justice and to the SEC. The private Indian investigator engaged by the Indian Ministry of Company Affairs has completed an investigation of these matters. In February 2005, the Indian Ministry of Company Affairs provided our Indian subsidiary with the investigator’s report which addresses the previously disclosed misappropriation of funds and improper payments and requested comments. The report included allegations that Xerox Modicorp Ltd.’s senior officials and the Company were aware of such activities. The report also asserted the need for further investigation into potential criminal acts related to the improper activities addressed by the report. The matter is now pending in the Indian Ministry of Company Affairs. The Company reported these developments and made a copy of the report received by Xerox Modicorp Ltd. available to the U.S. Department of Justice and the SEC.


 

76


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

On November 17, 2005, Xerox filed its 40-page Reply (plus attachments) with the DCA. Xerox has sent copies of the Xerox Reply to the SEC and DOJ in the United States. In our Reply, we argue that the alleged violations of Indian Company Law by means of alleged improper payments and alleged defaults/failures of the

Xerox Modicorp Ltd. board of directors were generally unsubstantiated and without any basis in law. Further, we stated that the Report’s findings of other alleged violations were unsubstantiated and unproven. The DCA (now called the “Ministry of Company Affairs” or “MCA”) will consider our Reply and will let us know their conclusions in the coming months. There is the possibility of fines or criminal penalties if conclusive proof of wrongdoing is found. We have told the DCA that Xerox’s conduct in voluntarily disclosing the initial information and readily and willingly submitting to investigation, coupled with the non-availability of earlier records, warrants complete closure and early settlement. In January 2006, we learned that the DCA has issued a “Show Cause Notice” to certain former executives of Xerox Modicorp Ltd. seeking a response to allegations of potential violations of the Indian Companies Act. We have also learned that Xerox Modicorp Ltd. has received a formal Notice of Enquiry from the Indian Monopolies & Restrictive Trade Practices Commission (“MRTP Commission”) alleging that Xerox Modicorp Ltd. committed unfair trading practices arising from the events described in the DCA investigator’s Report. Following a hearing on August 29, 2006, the MRTP Commission ordered a process with deadlines between Xerox Modicorp Ltd. and the investigating officer for provision of relevant documents to Xerox Modicorp Ltd.,

after which Xerox Modicorp Ltd. will have four weeks to file its reply. The MRTP Commission had scheduled a hearing for framing of the issues on January 9, 2007, but this hearing has been delayed. A new hearing was scheduled for January 29, 2007 for consideration of Xerox Modicorp Ltd.’s motion for the MRTP Commission to direct the investigating officer to supply us the relevant documents. At the hearing on January 29th, no additional documents were supplied to us. The MRTP Commission directed us to file our reply to the original Notice of Enquiry within four weeks. Our Indian subsidiary plans to contest the Notice of Enquiry and has been fully cooperating with the authorities.

In March 2005, following the completion of a share buy-back program that increased our controlling ownership interest in our Indian subsidiary to approximately 89% from approximately 86% at year-end 2004, we changed the name of our Indian subsidiary to Xerox India Ltd.

New York State School District Contracts: A local New York State school district has raised questions regarding the enforceability of their contracts, which may have implications for contracts with similar customers. We have reviewed this matter internally and have worked with the appropriate state agencies in an effort to bring it to a satisfactory resolution. We have received state agency approval for a proposed resolution and are in the process of implementing that resolution with the school district that raised these questions as well as other affected customers. Until this resolution is fully implemented, it is not possible to estimate the amount of loss, if any, or range of possible loss that might result from this matter.


Note 17 – Preferred Stock

 

As of December 31, 2006, we had no preferred stock shares outstanding and one class of preferred stock purchase rights. We are authorized to issue approximately 22 million shares of cumulative preferred stock, $1.00 par value.

Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock Automatic Conversion: In July 2006, 9.2 million shares of 6.25% Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock were converted at a rate of 8.1301 shares of our common stock, or 74.8 million common stock shares. The

recorded value of outstanding shares at the time of conversion was $889. The conversion occurred pursuant to the mandatory automatic conversion provisions set at original issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock. As a result of the automatic conversion, there are no remaining outstanding shares of our Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Conversion: In May 2004, all 6.2 million of our Convertible Preferred shares were redeemed for 37 million common shares in accordance with the original conversion provisions of the


 

77


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Convertible Preferred shares. The redemption was accounted for through a transfer of $483 from preferred stock to common stock and additional paid-in-capital. Dividends were paid through the redemption date.

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights: We have a shareholder rights plan designed to deter coercive or unfair takeover tactics and to prevent a person or persons from gaining control of us without offering a fair price to all shareholders. Under the terms of this plan, one-half of one preferred stock purchase right (“Right”) accompanies each share of outstanding common stock. Each full Right entitles the holder to purchase from us one three-

hundredth of a new series of preferred stock at an exercise price of $250. Within the time limits and under the circumstances specified in the plan, the Rights entitle the holder to acquire either our common stock, the stock of the surviving company in a business combination, or the stock of the purchaser of our assets, having a value of two times the exercise price. The Rights, which expire in April 2007, may be redeemed prior to becoming exercisable by action of the Board of Directors at a redemption price of $.01 per Right. The Rights are non-voting and, until they become exercisable, have no dilutive effect on the earnings per share or book value per share of our common stock.


Note 18 – Common Stock

 

We have 1.75 billion authorized shares of common stock, $1 par value. At December 31, 2006, 106 million shares were reserved for issuance under our incentive compensation plans, 48 million shares were reserved for debt to equity exchanges, 15 million shares were reserved for the conversion of the Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock and 2 million shares were reserved for the conversion of convertible debt. The 15 million shares reserved for the conversion of the Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock are expected to be released in 2007, since conversion was completed in 2006.

Stock-Based Compensation: We have a long-term incentive plan whereby eligible employees may be granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares (“PSs”) and non-qualified stock options.

In January 2005, we implemented changes in our stock-based compensation programs designed to help us continue to attract and retain employees and to better align employee interests with those of our shareholders. With these changes, in lieu of stock options we began granting PSs and expanded the use of RSUs. Each of these awards is subject to settlement with newly issued shares of our common stock. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, 25.0 million and 38.9 million shares, respectively, were available for grant of awards.

Total compensation related to these programs was $64, $40 and $22 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The related income tax benefit recognized was $25, $16 and $8 for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. A description of each of our stock-based compensation programs follows:


Restricted Stock Units: Prior to 2005, the RSUs were generally subject to a three-year ratable vesting period from the date of grant and entitled the holder to one share of common stock. In 2005, the terms of newly-issued RSU’s were changed such that the entire award vests three years from the date of grant. Compensation expense is based upon the grant date market price and is recorded over the vesting period. A summary of the activity for RSUs as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and changes during the years then ended, is presented below (shares in thousands):

 

     2006    2005    2004

Nonvested Restricted Stock Units

   Shares     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
   Shares     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
   Shares     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value

Outstanding at January 1

   5,491     $ 15.69    2,804     $ 13.86    2,180     $ 10.46

Granted

   4,256       15.18    3,750       16.89    2,539       13.70

Vested

   (686 )     13.70    (977 )     15.01    (1,905 )     9.72

Cancelled

   (426 )     13.45    (86 )     16.21    (10 )     19.14
                          

Outstanding at December 31

   8,635       15.71    5,491       15.69    2,804       13.86
                          

 

78


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

At December 31, 2006, the aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding was $147. The total intrinsic value of RSUs vested during 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $10, $13 and $26, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions for vested RSUs totaled $3, $4 and $9 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, there was $65 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested RSUs, which is expected to be recognized ratably over a remaining weighted-average contractual term of 1.7 years.

Performance Shares: We grant officers and selected executives PSs whose vesting is contingent upon meeting pre-determined Diluted Earnings per Share (“EPS”) and Cash Flow from Operations targets. These shares entitle the holder to one share of common stock, payable after a three-year period and the attainment of the stated goals. If the cumulative three-year actual results for EPS and Cash Flow from Operations exceed the stated targets, then the plan participants have the potential to earn additional shares of common stock. This overachievement can not exceed 50% for officers and 25% for non-officers of the original grant.


A summary of the activity for PSs as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and changes during the years then ended, is presented below (shares in thousands):

 

     2006    2005

Nonvested Performance Shares

   Shares    

Weighted

Average Grant
Date Fair Value

   Shares    

Weighted

Average Grant
Date Fair Value

Outstanding at January 1

   2,052     $ 14.87    —       $ —  

Granted

   2,588       15.17    2,070       14.87

Vested

   —         —      —         —  

Cancelled

   (69 )     14.95    (18 )     14.87
                 

Outstanding at December 31

   4,571       15.04    2,052       14.87
                 

 

 

At December 31, 2006, the aggregate intrinsic value of PSs outstanding was $78.

For 2005, the PSs were accounted for as variable awards requiring that the shares be adjusted to market value at each reporting period. Effective January 1, 2006, upon the adoption of FAS 123(R), PSs were recorded prospectively using fair value determined as of the grant

date. If the stated targets are not met, any recognized compensation cost would be reversed. As of December 31, 2006, there was $47 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested PSs; this cost is expected to be recognized ratably over a remaining weighted-average contractual term of 1.7 years.


Stock Options: Stock options generally vest over a period of three years and expire between eight and ten years from the date of grant. The following table provides information relating to the status of, and changes in, stock options granted for each of the three years ended December 31, 2006 (stock options in thousands):

 

     2006    2005    2004

Employee Stock Options

  

Stock

Options

   

Average

Option

Price

  

Stock

Options

   

Average

Option

Price

  

Stock

Options

   

Average

Option

Price

Outstanding at January 1

   76,307     $ 19.40    91,833     $ 20.98    97,839     $ 21.46

Granted

   —         —      —         —      11,216       13.71

Cancelled/Expired

   (5,478 )     49.44    (10,291 )     39.41    (8,071 )     32.24

Exercised

   (10,349 )     8.46    (5,235 )     7.74    (9,151 )     7.28
                          

Outstanding at December 31

   60,480       18.56    76,307       19.40    91,833       20.98
                          

Exercisable at December 31

   60,180        66,928        65,199    
                          

 

79


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2006 were as follows (stock options in thousands):

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable
    

Number

Outstanding

  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

  

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

  

Number

Exercisable

  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

  

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

Range of Exercise Prices

                 

$4.75 to $6.98

   3,965    3.98    $ 4.91    3,665    3.89    $ 4.90

  7.13 to 10.69

   23,864    5.37      9.20    23,864    5.37      9.20

10.70 to 15.27

   9,760    4.98      13.66    9,760    4.98      13.66

16.91 to 22.88

   11,835    3.00      21.77    11,835    3.00      21.77

25.38 to 32.16

   3,735    2.90      26.36    3,735    2.90      26.36

42.83 to 60.95

   7,321    2.21      53.78    7,321    2.21      53.78
                     
   60,480          60,180      
                     

At December 31, 2006, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable was $267 and $263, respectively.

The following table provides information relating to stock option exercises for the three years ended December 31, 2006:

 

(in millions)

   2006    2005    2004

Total Intrinsic Value

   $ 72    $ 36    $ 67

Cash Received

     82      41      67

Tax Benefit Realized for Tax Deductions

     25      12      23

Treasury Stock: The Board of Directors has authorized programs for the repurchase of the Company’s common stock totaling $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2006. The following is a summary of the purchases of common stock made under our stock repurchase programs (shares in thousands):

 

Authorized Repurchase Programs

  

Total

$2,000 Authorized Programs

 
         Shares             Amount      

As of January 1, 2005

   —       $ —    

Purchases

   30,502       433 *

Less cancellations

   (16,585 )     (230 )
              

As of December 31, 2005

   13,917       203  
              

Purchases

   70,111       1,069 *

Less cancellations

   (75,665 )     (1,131 )
              

Treasury stock as of December 31, 2006

   8,363     $ 141  
              

* Includes total associated fees of $3.

Subsequent to December 31, 2006 and through February 12, 2007, 7,399,400 shares were repurchased at an aggregate cost of $127, (including associated fees of less than $1). Additionally, in February 2007, 8,813,000 repurchased shares were cancelled upon the approval of the Board of Directors and were recorded as a reduction to both Common stock of $9 and Additional paid-in-capital of $139.

 

80


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Note 19 – Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock (in millions, except shares in thousands):

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Basic Earnings per Share:

      

Income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 1,210     $ 933     $ 776  

Accrued dividends on:

      

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, net

     —         —         (16 )

Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock

     (29 )     (58 )     (57 )
                        

Adjusted income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     1,181       875       703  

Income from discontinued operations, net

     —         53       83  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net

     —         (8 )     —    
                        

Adjusted net income available to common shareholders

   $ 1,181     $ 920     $ 786  
                        

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding

     943,852       957,149       834,321  
                        

Basic Earnings per Share:

      

Earnings from continuing operations

   $ 1.25     $ 0.91     $ 0.84  

Earnings from discontinued operations

     —         0.06       0.10  

Loss from cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         (0.01 )     —    
                        

Basic Earnings per Share

   $ 1.25     $ 0.96     $ 0.94  
                        

Diluted Earnings per Share:

      

Income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 1,210     $ 933     $ 776  

ESOP expense adjustment, net

     —         —         (6 )

Interest on Convertible securities, net

     1       1       51  
                        

Adjusted income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     1,211       934       821  

Income from discontinued operations, net

     —         53       83  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net

     —         (8 )     —    
                        

Adjusted net income available to common shareholders

   $ 1,211     $ 979     $ 904  
                        

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding

     943,852       957,149       834,321  

Common shares issuable with respect to:

      

Stock options

     9,300       10,470       14,198  

Restricted stock and performance shares

     3,980       945       —    

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

     —         —         17,359  

Series C Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock

     37,398       74,797       74,797  

Convertible securities

     1,992       1,992       106,272  
                        

Adjusted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

     996,522       1,045,353       1,046,947  
                        

Diluted Earnings per Share:

      

Earnings from continuing operations

   $ 1.22     $ 0.90     $ 0.78  

Earnings from discontinued operations

     —         0.05       0.08  

Loss from cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         (0.01 )     —    
                        

Diluted Earnings per Share

   $ 1.22     $ 0.94     $ 0.86  
                        

The 2006, 2005 and 2004 computation of diluted earnings per share did not include the effects of 27 million, 36 million and 38 million stock options, respectively, because their respective exercise prices were greater than the corresponding market value per share of our common stock.

 

81


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

Note 20 – Acquisitions

 

Amici LLC: In July 2006, we acquired substantially all of the net assets of Amici LLC (“Amici”), a provider of electronic-discovery (e-discovery), services for $175 in cash, including transaction costs. Amici provides comprehensive litigation discovery management services, including the conversion, hosting and production of electronic and hardcopy documents. Amici also provides consulting and professional services to assist attorneys in

the discovery process. The purchase agreement requires us to pay the sellers an additional $20 if certain performance targets are achieved in 2008, which would be an addition to the acquired cost of the entity. The operating results of Amici were not material to our financial statements and are included within our Other segment from the date of acquisition.


The table below presents the estimated purchase price allocation based upon third-party valuations and management estimates. The Goodwill was assigned to our Other segment. The primary elements that generated the Goodwill are the value of synergies and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualify as an amortizable intangible asset.

 

(in millions)

  

Amortization

Period in Years

  

Purchase Price

Allocation

Net assets, less cash acquired

      $ 2

Goodwill

   N/A      136

Intangible assets:

     

Customer relationships

   13      29

Software

   5      8
         

Total Purchase price

      $ 175
         

 

XMPie, Inc: In November 2006, we acquired the stock of XMPie, Inc. (“XMPie”), a provider of variable information software, for $54 in cash, including transaction costs. XMPie’s software enables printers and marketers to create and print personalized and customized marketing materials to help improve response rates. We had an existing relationship with XMPie, as its largest reseller, and its software is primarily sold together with our Production systems including the iGen3. The operating results of XMPie are not material to our financial statements, and are included within our

Production segment from the date of acquisition. The purchase price was primarily allocated to Goodwill $48, Intangible assets, net $9 and deferred tax liabilities $(3). The primary element that generated the Goodwill is the value of synergies between the entities, which do not qualify as an amortizable intangible asset. The allocations were based on third-party valuations and management estimates which have not yet been finalized. Accordingly, the allocation of purchase price is preliminary and revisions may be necessary, although not expected to be material.


Note 21 – Divestitures and Other Sales

 

 

During the three years ended December 31, 2006, the following significant divestitures occurred:

Ridge Re: In March 2006, Ridge Re, a wholly owned subsidiary included in our net investment in discontinued operations (within Other long-term assets), completed an agreement to transfer its obligations under its remaining reinsurance agreement, together with related investments held in trust, to another insurance company as part of a complete exit from this business. As a result of this transaction, the remaining investments held by Ridge Re

were sold and the excess cash held by Ridge Re of $119, after the payment of its remaining liabilities, was distributed back to the Company as part of a plan of liquidation. This amount is presented within investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Integic: In March 2005, we completed the sale of our entire equity interest in Integic Corporation (“Integic”) for $96 in cash, net of transaction costs. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $93. Prior to this transaction, our investment in Integic was accounted for using the equity


 

82


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

 

method and was included in Investments in affiliates, at equity within our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The pre-tax gain is classified within Other (income) expenses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. In May 2006, we recognized an additional pre-tax gain of $10 on this sale from the receipt of additional proceeds from escrow. The proceeds were placed in escrow upon the sale of Integic pending completion of an indemnification period.

ScanSoft: In April 2004, we completed the sale of our ownership interest in ScanSoft, Inc. (“ScanSoft”) for approximately $79 in cash, net of transaction costs. Prior to the sale, we beneficially owned approximately 15% of ScanSoft’s outstanding equity interests. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $38. The gain is classified within Other (income) expenses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

ContentGuard: In March 2004, we sold all but 2% of our 75% ownership interest in ContentGuard Inc, (“ContentGuard”) for $66 in cash. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $109 (after-tax $83) as our investment reflected the recognition of cumulative operating losses and was classified as a gain in Income from discounted operations, net of tax. The gain on sale has been presented within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income considering the reporting requirements related to discontinued operations of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” The revenues, operating results and net assets of ContentGuard were immaterial for all periods presented. ContentGuard, which was originally created out of research developed at the Xerox Palo Alto Research Center (“PARC”), licenses intellectual property and technologies related to digital rights management. During 2005, we sold our remaining interest in ContentGuard.


Note 22 – Subsequent Event

 

In February 2007, the Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of up to $500 of the Company’s common stock over the next 12 months. The repurchases may be made on the open market, or through derivative or negotiated transactions. The Company expects the stock to be repurchased primarily through open-market

purchases. Open-market repurchases will be made in compliance with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rule 10b-18, and are subject to market conditions as well as applicable legal and other considerations.


 

83



 

REPORTS OF MANAGEMENT

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

Our management is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of all information presented in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management believes the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions and that the financial statements fairly represent the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with the independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the internal auditors and representatives of management to review accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors. The independent auditors and internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.


Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control  – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Based on the above evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006. Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.


 

/s/    ANNE M. MULCAHY        

  

/s/    LAWRENCE A. ZIMMERMAN    

 

/s/    GARY R. KABURECK        

Chief Executive Officer    Chief Financial Officer   Chief Accounting Officer

 

84


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Xerox Corporation:

We have completed integrated audits of Xerox Corporation’s consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and common shareholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” as of December 31, 2006.

 

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit


 

85


 

preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


 

/s/    PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 16, 2007

 

86



 

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited) (in millions, except per-share data)

 

    

First

Quarter

  

Second

Quarter

   

Third

Quarter

   

Fourth

Quarter

  

Full

Year

 

2006

            

Revenues

   $ 3,695    $ 3,977     $ 3,844     $ 4,379    $ 15,895  

Costs and Expenses(1)

     3,487      3,712       3,753       4,135      15,087  
                                      

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes, Equity Income, Discontinued Operations and Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

     208      265       91       244      808  

Income tax expenses (benefits)(2)

     47      22       (416 )     59      (288 )

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

     39      17       29       29      114  
                                      

Net Income

   $ 200    $ 260     $ 536     $ 214    $ 1,210  
                                      

Basic Earnings per Share(3)

   $ 0.20    $ 0.27     $ 0.55     $ 0.22    $ 1.25  
                                      

Diluted Earnings per Share(3)

   $ 0.20    $ 0.26     $ 0.54     $ 0.22    $ 1.22  
                                      

2005

            

Revenues

   $ 3,771    $ 3,921     $ 3,759     $ 4,250    $ 15,701  

Costs and Expenses(1)

     3,482      3,804       3,682       3,903      14,871  
                                      

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes, Equity Income, Discontinued Operations and Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

     289      117       77       347      830  

Income tax expenses (benefits)(2)

     116      (233 )     29       83      (5 )

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

     37      20       23       18      98  

Income from discontinued operations, net

     —        53       —         —        53  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net

     —        —         (8 )     —        (8 )
                                      

Net Income

   $ 210    $ 423     $ 63     $ 282    $ 978  
                                      

Basic Earnings per Share(3)

   $ 0.20    $ 0.43     $ 0.05     $ 0.28    $ 0.96  
                                      

Diluted Earnings per Share(3)

   $ 0.20    $ 0.40     $ 0.05     $ 0.27    $ 0.94  

(1) Costs and expenses include restructuring and asset impairment charges of $36, $110 and $239 for the second, third and fourth quarters of 2006, respectively, and $85, $194, $17 and $70 for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2005, respectively. In addition, the third quarter 2006 includes $68 for litigation matters related to probable losses on Brazilian labor-related contingencies (See Note 16). The 2005 first quarter includes a $93 gain from the sale of our equity interest in Integic (See Note 21) and the third quarter 2005 includes $115 of expense from the MPI arbitration panel ruling and probable losses for other legal matters (See Note 16).
(2) The first and third quarters of 2006 include $24 and $448 of income tax benefits, respectively, related to the favorable resolution of certain tax matters from the 1999-2003 IRS audit. The second quarter of 2006 included $46 of income tax benefits from the resolution of certain tax issues associated with foreign tax audits. The 2005 second quarter included $343 of net income benefits related to the finalization of the 1996-1998 IRS audit, of which $233 was included in income taxes, $57 was included in other expenses, net and $53 was included in discontinued operations (See Note 15).
(3) The sum of quarterly earnings per share may differ from the full-year amounts due to rounding, or in the case of diluted earnings per share, because securities that are anti-dilutive in certain quarters may not be anti-dilutive on a full-year basis.

 

87



 

FIVE YEARS IN REVIEW

 

(in millions, except per-share data)

   2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

Per-Share Data

          

Income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

          

Basic

   $ 1.25     $ 0.91     $ 0.84     $ 0.38     $ 0.11  

Diluted

     1.22       0.90       0.78       0.36       0.10  

Earnings

          

Basic

   $ 1.25     $ 0.96     $ 0.94     $ 0.38     $ 0.02  

Diluted

     1.22       0.94       0.86       0.36       0.02  

Operations

          

Revenues

   $ 15,895     $ 15,701     $ 15,722     $ 15,701     $ 15,849  

Sales

     7,464       7,400       7,259       6,970       6,752  

Service, outsourcing and rentals

     7,591       7,426       7,529       7,734       8,097  

Finance income

     840       875       934       997       1,000  

Research, development and engineering expenses

     922       943       914       962       980  

Selling, administrative and general expenses

     4,008       4,110       4,203       4,249       4,437  

Income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     1,210       933       776       360       154  

Net income

     1,210       978       859       360       91  

Financial Position

          

Cash, cash equivalents and Short-term investments

   $ 1,536     $ 1,566     $ 3,218     $ 2,477     $ 2,887  

Accounts and finance receivables, net

     10,043       9,886       10,573       10,972       11,077  

Inventories

     1,163       1,201       1,143       1,152       1,231  

Equipment on operating leases, net

     481       431       398       364       450  

Land, buildings and equipment, net

     1,527       1,627       1,759       1,827       1,757  

Investment in discontinued operations

     295       420       440       449       728  

Total Assets(1)

     21,709       21,953       24,884       24,591       25,550  

Consolidated Capitalization

          

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

     1,485       1,139       3,074       4,236       4,377  

Long-term debt

     5,660       6,139       7,050       6,930       9,794  
                                        

Total Debt

     7,145       7,278       10,124       11,166       14,171  

Minorities’ interests in equity of subsidiaries

     108       90       80       102       73  

Liabilities to subsidiary trusts issuing preferred securities(2)

     624       724       717       1,809       1,793  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     —         —         —         499       508  

Series C mandatory convertible preferred stock

     —         889       889       889       —    

Common shareholders’ equity(1)

     7,080       6,319       6,244       3,291       1,893  
                                        

Total Consolidated Capitalization

   $ 14,957     $ 15,300     $ 18,054     $ 17,756     $ 18,438  
                                        

Selected Data and Ratios

          

Common shareholders of record at year-end

     40,372       53,017       55,152       56,326       57,300  

Book value per common share

   $ 7.48     $ 6.79     $ 6.53     $ 4.15     $ 2.56  

Year-end common stock market price

   $ 16.95     $ 14.65     $ 17.01     $ 13.80     $ 8.05  

Employees at year-end

     53,700       55,220       58,100       61,100       67,800  

Gross margin

     40.6 %     41.2 %     41.6 %     42.6 %     42.8 %

Sales gross margin

     35.7 %     36.6 %     37.4 %     37.6 %     38.2 %

Service, outsourcing and rentals gross margin

     43.0 %     43.3 %     43.0 %     44.3 %     44.5 %

Finance gross margin

     63.7 %     62.7 %     63.1 %     63.7 %     59.9 %

Working capital

   $ 4,056     $ 4,390     $ 4,628     $ 2,666     $ 3,242  

Current ratio

     1.9       2.0       1.7       1.4       1.4  

Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment

   $ 215     $ 181     $ 204     $ 197     $ 146  

Depreciation on buildings and equipment

   $ 277     $ 280     $ 305     $ 299     $ 341  

(1) Refer to Note 1 – “New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes” for further information representing the effect of adopting FAS 158.
(2) In 2005, includes $98 reported in other current liabilities.

 

88



 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Stock Listed and Traded

 

Xerox common stock (XRX) is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Stock Exchange. It is also traded on the Boston, Cincinnati, Pacific Coast, Philadelphia and Switzerland exchanges.


Xerox Common Stock Prices and Dividends:

 

New York Stock Exchange composite prices*

   First
Quarter
   Second
Quarter
   Third
Quarter
   Fourth
Quarter

2006

           

High

   $ 15.34    $ 15.10    $ 15.71    $ 17.22

Low

     13.98      13.28      13.31      15.37

2005

           

High

     16.97      15.25      14.12      15.03

Low

   $ 14.44    $ 13.09    $ 13.11    $ 12.41

* Prices as of close of business

At its July 9, 2001 meeting, the company’s Board of Directors eliminated the dividend on the common stock.

Certifications

 

We have filed with the SEC the certification required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as an exhibit to our 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and have submitted to the NYSE in 2006 the CEO certification required by the NYSE corporate governance rules.


 

89

Subsidiaries of Registrant

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of Xerox Corporation

The following companies are subsidiaries of Xerox Corporation as of December 31, 2006. Unless otherwise noted, a subsidiary is a company in which Xerox Corporation or a subsidiary of Xerox Corporation holds 50% or more of the voting stock. The names of other subsidiaries have been omitted as they would not, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, constitute a significant subsidiary:

 

Name of Subsidiary

   Incorporated In

AMTX, Inc.

   Delaware

Carmel Valley, Inc.

   Delaware

Delphax Systems GmbH

   Germany

FairCopy Services Inc.

   Canada

GroupFire, Inc.

   California

Gyricon, LLC

   Delaware

Ighi Finland Oy

   Finland

Infotonics Technology Center Inc.

   New York (15)

Institute for Research on Learning

   Delaware

NewPARC LLC

   Delaware

Pacific Services and Development Corporation

   Delaware

Palo Alto Research Center Incorporated

   Delaware

Proyectos Inverdoco, C.A.

   Venezuela

Securities Information Center, Inc.

   Delaware

SCC Burton Corporation

   Delaware

79861 Ontario Inc.

   Ontario

STHQ Realty LLC

   Delaware

The Xerox Foundation

   Delaware

XC Asia, Inc.

   Delaware

Xerox Argentina Industrial y Commercial, I.C.S.A.

   Argentina (1)

Xerox Canada Capital Ltd.

   Canada

Xerox Canada Inc.

   Ontario

Xerox (Barbados) SRL

   Barbados (14)

Xerox (Barbados) Leasing SRL

   Barbados

Xerox Business Centre (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Xerox Electronic (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Xerox Finance (Luxembourg) Sarl

   Luxembourg

Xerox Hardware (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Xerox Toner (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Xerox Canada Facilities Management Ltd.

   Ontario

Xerox Canada Finance Inc.

   Ontario

Xerox Canada Leasing Partnership

   Ontario (16)

Xerox Canada Ltd.

   Canada (4)

Ionographic Operations Partnership

   Massachusetts (18)

XESystems Canada Inc.

   Ontario

Xerox Canada Leasing Company

   Nova Scotia

Xerox Canada Realty Inc.

   Ontario (3)

Xerox Capital, LLC

   Turks & Caicos Islands (9)

Xerox Capital Services LLC

   Delaware (17)

Xerox Capital Trust I

   Delaware (11)

Xerox de Chile S.A.

   Chile

Xerox de Colombia S.A.

   Colombia (30)

Xerox Color Printing, Inc.

   Delaware

 

1


Name of Subsidiary

  

Incorporated In

Xerox Developing Markets Limited

   Bermuda

Sidh Securities Limited

   Mauritius

Xerox del Ecuador, S.A.

   Ecuador

Xerox Engineering Systems NV

   Belgium

Xerox Export, LLC

   Delaware

Xerox Finance, Inc.

   Delaware

Xerox Investments Holding (Bermuda) Limited

   Bermuda

Xerox Financial Services, Inc.

   Delaware

Talegen Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

Xerox Credit Corporation

   Delaware

Xerox Foreign Sales Corporation

   Barbados

Xerox Global Services Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox d’Haiti, S.A.

   Haiti

Xerox de Honduras, S.A.

   Honduras

Xerox Imaging Systems, Inc.

   Delaware

Xerox International Joint Marketing, Inc.

   Delaware

Xerox International Partners

   California (10)

Xerox Investments Europe B.V.

   Netherlands

Xerox Holdings (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Xerox (Europe) Limited

   Ireland

Bipolar Limited

   Ireland

Monocolour Limited

   Ireland

Xerox Ink Jet Heads (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Xerox Ink Tanks (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Xerox XF Holdings (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Xerox Finance (Ireland) Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Leasing Ireland Limited

   Jersey

Xerox Israel Ltd.

   Israel

Xerox UK Holdings Limited

   United Kingdom

Triton Business Finance Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Research (UK) Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Trading Enterprises Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Overseas Holdings Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Business Equipment Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Computer Services Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Mailing Systems Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Capital (Europe) plc

   United Kingdom (12)

Xerox Holding (Nederland) B.V.

   Netherlands

Xerox Manufacturing (Nederland) B.V.

   Netherlands

Xerox Office Printing Distribution B.V.

   Netherlands

Xerox Limited

   United Kingdom (6)

City Paper Limited

   United Kingdom

Continua Limited

   United Kingdom

Continua S.A.

   France

Continua Sanctum Limited

   United Kingdom

NV Xerox Credit S.A.

   Belgium

Xerox Financial Services Belux NV

   Belgium

NV Xerox Management Services S.A.

   Belgium

N.V. Xerox S.A.

   Belgium

Xerox Luxembourg S.A.

   Luxembourg (28)

The Xerox (UK) Trust

   United Kingdom

 

2


Name of Subsidiary

  

Incorporated In

Xerox AG

   Switzerland

Xerox Office Supplies AG

   Switzerland

Xerox A/S

   Denmark

Xerox Financial Services Danmark A/S

   Denmark

Xerox AS

   Norway

Xerox Austria GmbH

   Austria

Xerox Business Services GmbH

   Austria

Xerox Leasing GmbH

   Austria

Xerox Office Supplies GmbH

   Austria

Xerox Bulgaria EOOD

   Bulgaria

Xerox Buro Araciari Ticaret ve Servis A.S.

   Turkey

Xerox Channels Limited

   United Kingdom

Limited Liability Company Xerox (C.I.S.)

   Russia

XEROX CZECH Republic s r.o.

   Czech Republic

Xerox Direct Rhein-Main GmbH

   Germany

Xerox Espana-The Document Company, S.A.U.

   Spain

Xerox Fabricacion S.A.U.

   Spain

Xerox Renting S.A.U.

   Spain

Xerox Financial Services (Espana) SAU

   Spain

Xerox Office Supplies S.A.U.

   Spain

Xerox Exports Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Finance AG

   Switzerland

Xerox Finance (Nederland) BV

   Netherlands

Xerox Financial Services B.V.

   Netherlands (20)

Xerox Financial Services Norway AS

   Norway

Xerox Financial Services Sverige AB

   Sweden

Xerox GmbH

   Germany

DS Document Services GmbH

   Germany

Xerox Capital Services Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

Xerox Capital Services GmbH & Co. KG

   Germany (19)

Xerox Dienstleistungsgesellschaft GmbH

   Germany

Xerox Leasing Deutschland GmbH

   Germany

Xerox Reprographische Services GmbH

   Germany

Xerox Hellas AEE

   Greece

Xerox Hungary Trading Limited

   Hungary

Xerox (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Xerox India Limited

   India (8)

Xerox (Nederland) BV

   Netherlands

“Veco” Beheer Onroerend Goed BV

   Netherlands

Xerox Document Supplies BV

   Netherlands

Xerox Rentalease BV

   Netherlands

Xerox Services BV

   Netherlands

Xerox Oy

   Finland

Xerox Financial Services Finland Oy

   Finland

Xerox Pensions Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Polska Sp.zo.o

   Poland

Xerox Portugal Equipamentos de Escritorio, Limitada

   Portugal (21)

CREDITEX—Aluguer de Equipamentos S.A.

   Portugal

Xerox Professional Services Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Property Services Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox (Romania) Echipmante Si Servici S.A.

   Romania

 

3


Name of Subsidiary

  

Incorporated In

Xerox Slovenia d.o.o.

   Slovenia

Xerox S.p.A.

   Italy

Xerox Italia Rental Services s.r.l.

   Italy

Xerox Sverige AB

   Sweden

Xerox Telebusiness GmbH

   Germany

Xerox (UK) Limited

   United Kingdom

Bessemer Trust Limited

   United Kingdom

Inserco Manufacturing Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Finance Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Office Supplies Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox (R & S) Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox (Ukraine) Ltd LLC

   Ukraine

Xerox West Africa Limited

   United Kingdom

XESystems UK Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox Engineering Systems Limited

   United Kingdom

Xexco Trading Limited

   United Kingdom

Xerox S.A.S.

   France (22)

Xerobail SAS

   France

Xerox Financial Services SAS

   France

Xerox Document Services SNC

   France (25)

Set Electronique SA

   France

Set Belgium (EPC)

   Belgium

Set Engineering SA

   France

Set R&D Belgium (EES)

   Belgium

Xerox Global Services SAS

   France (23)

Xerox Document Supplies SNC

   France (24)

Xerox XHB Limited

   Bermuda (6)

Xerox XIB Limited

   Bermuda (6)

XRO Limited

   United Kingdom

Nemo (AKS) Limited

   United Kingdom

XRI Limited

   United Kingdom

RRXH Limited

   United Kingdom

RRXO Limited

   United Kingdom

RRXIL Limited

   United Kingdom (6)

Xerox Latinamerican Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

Xerox Lease Funding LLC

   Delaware

Xerox Lease Equipment LLC

   Delaware

Xerox Mexicana, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico (29)

Xerox Middle East Investments (Bermuda) Limited

   Bermuda

Bessemer Insurance Limited

   Bermuda

Reprographics Egypt Limited

   Egypt

Xerox Egypt S.A.E.

   Egypt

Xerox Finance Leasing S.A.E.

   Egypt

Xerox Equipment Limited

   Bermuda

Xerox Maroc S.A.

   Morocco (2)

Xerox Products Limited

   Bermuda

Xerox de Nicaragua, S.A.

   Nicaragua

Xerox Serviços e Participacoes Ltda.

   Brazil

Xerox Comercio e Industria Ltda

   Brazil

Xerox del Peru, S.A.

   Peru

Xerox Realty Corporation

   Delaware

 

4


Name of Subsidiary

  

Incorporated In

Lansdowne Residential LLC

   Virginia

Xerox Trade Receivables LLC

   Delaware

Xerox Trinidad Limited

   Trinidad

Xerox de Venezuela, C.A.

   Venezuela (5)

Xerox XBS Warehouse Holding LLC

   Delaware

Xerox XBS Warehouse Funding LLC

   Delaware

Xerox XBS Warehouse Funding II LLC

   Delaware

XESystems Foreign Sales Corporation

   Barbados

XGUA Servicios, Ltda.

   Guatemala

XMPie Inc.

   Delaware

Nuvisio, Inc.

   New York

Nuvisio, Ltd.

   Israel

XMPie, Ltd.

   Israel

(1) Xerox Corporation owns 90% of the shares of Xerox Argentina; the remaining 10% is owned by Pacific Services and Development Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Xerox Corporation.
(2) Owned 99.9% by XMEIBL and .1% by several individuals.
(3) 1,000 shares held by Xerox Canada Inc. and 9,000 shares held by Xerox Corporation.
(4) Owned 65% by Xerox Canada Inc. and 35% by Xerox Canada Finance Inc.
(5) Owned 86.75% by Xerox Corporation, and 13.25% by Pacific Services and Development Corporation.
(6) Includes indirect holdings.
(7) [Reserved]
(8) Owned 45.579% by Xerox Limited, 38.871% by Sidh Securities Limited (Mauritius) (a subsidiary of Xerox Developing Markets Limited) and 4.421% through Xerox’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Xerox Developing Markets Limited. The total ownership by Xerox Corporation is 88.871%.
(9) Owned 99.9% by Xerox Corporation and .1% by Pacific Services and Development Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Xerox Corporation.
(10) Xerox International Partners is a California general partnership between FX Global, Inc. (49%) and Xerox International Joint Marketing, Inc. (51%).
(11) Xerox Capital Trust I is a Delaware statutory business trust which is 100% beneficially owned by Xerox Corporation. The Trust is a special purpose financing vehicle.
(12) Owned 99% by Xerox Overseas Holdings Limited and 1% by Xerox Property Services Limited as nominee for Xerox Overseas Holdings Limited.
(13) [Reserved]
(14) Owned 88.27% by Xerox Canada Inc. and 11.73% by Xerox Corporation.
(15) This is a not-for-profit corporation which will act as a research and development consortium of businesses and universities. The initial members are Xerox, Corning, Kodak, University of Rochester, RIT and Cornell.
(16) Xerox Canada Leasing Partnership is an Ontario general partnership between Xerox Canada Inc. (99%) and Xerox Canada Finance Inc. (1%).
(17) Owned 19% by Xerox Corporation and 81% by GE Capital Information Technology Solutions, Inc. [Included in Xerox Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.]
(18) Owned 66.995% by Xerox Canada Ltd. and 33.005% by Xerox Canada Inc.
(19) Owned by Xerox GmbH and Xerox Capital Services Verwaltungs GmbH.
(20) Xerox Financial Services B.V. is a joint venture between De Lage Landen International B.V. (51%) and Xerox Limited (49%), established on 12/14/01 for the purpose of offering financing for the business of Xerox (Nederland) B.V. [Included in Xerox Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.].
(21) Owned 76% by Xerox Limited and 24% by Xerox Property Services Limited.
(22) Remaining shares in Xerox SAS held by Xerox Overseas Holding Limited.
(23) Owned 99.96% by Xerox Document Services SNC and 0.4% by Xerobail SAS.
(24) Owned 99.99% by XEROX S.A.S. and .01% by Xerobail SAS.
(25) Owned 99.96% by XEROX S.A.S. and .04% by Xerobail SAS.

 

5


(26) [Reserved]
(27) [Reserved]
(28) Owned 99% by NV Xerox SA and 1% by NV Xerox Credit SA.
(29) Owned 99.99% by Xerox Corporation and .01% by Pacific Services and Development Corporation.
(30) Owned 94.24% by Xerox Corporation, 5.56% by Pacific Services and Development Corporation and .20% by a Minority owner.
(31) Owned 95.73% by Xerox Corporation and 4.27% by Pacific Services and Development Corporation.

 

6

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 33-32215, 333-02187 and 333-111623) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-125250, 333-93269, 333-09821, 333-22313, 33-65269 and 33-44314) of Xerox Corporation of our report dated February 16, 2007 relating to the financial statements, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February 16, 2007 relating to the financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/    PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP        

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, CT
February 16, 2007
Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a)

Exhibit 31(a)

CEO CERTIFICATIONS

I, Anne M. Mulcahy, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Xerox Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

February 16, 2007

 

/s/    ANNE M. MULCAHY        

Anne M. Mulcahy

Principal Executive Officer

Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a)

Exhibit 31(b)

CFO CERTIFICATIONS

I, Lawrence A. Zimmerman, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Xerox Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

February 16, 2007

 

/s/    LAWRENCE A. ZIMMERMAN        

Lawrence A. Zimmerman

Principal Financial Officer

Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C.

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION OF CEO AND CFO PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. § 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

§ 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Form 10-K of Xerox Corporation, a New York corporation (the “Company”), for the year ending December 31, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Anne M. Mulcahy, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Lawrence A. Zimmerman, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his/her knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/    ANNE M. MULCAHY        

Anne M. Mulcahy

Chief Executive Officer

February 16, 2007

/s/    LAWRENCE A. ZIMMERMAN        

Lawrence A. Zimmerman

Chief Financial Officer

February 16, 2007

This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of § 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A signed original of this written statement required by § 906 has been provided to Xerox Corporation and will be retained by Xerox Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.